0.31. MahākhandhakaThe great chapter
1.0.11. Bodhikathā1. The account with the Bodhi tree
1.0.2Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa.Homage to the Buddha, the Perfected One, the fully Awakened One
1.1.1PTS 1.1Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho.Soon after his awakening, the Buddha was staying at Uruvelā on the bank of the river Nerañjara at the foot of a Bodhi tree.1.1.2Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.There the Buddha sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom.1.2.1Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—Then, in the first part of the night, the Buddha reflected on dependent origination, both the ordinary and the extraordinary sequence:
1.2.2“Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti.“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form; name and form are the condition for the six sense spheres; the six sense spheres are the condition for contact; contact is the condition for feeling; feeling is the condition for craving; craving is the condition for grasping; grasping is the condition for existence; existence is the condition for birth; birth is the condition for old age and death, for grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress to come to be.1.2.3Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering.
1.2.4Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.But with the complete fading away and end of ignorance comes the end of intentional activities; with the end of intentional activities comes the end of consciousness; with the end of consciousness comes the end of name and form; with the end of name and form comes the end of the six sense spheres; with the end of the six sense spheres comes the end of contact; with the end of contact comes the end of feeling; with the end of feeling comes the end of craving; with the end of craving comes the end of grasping; with the end of grasping comes the end of existence; with the end of existence comes the end of birth; with the end of birth comes the end of old age and death, and the end of sorrow, lamentation, pain, aversion, and distress.1.2.5Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī”ti.This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.”
1.3.1PTS 1.2Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:
1.3.2“Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,“When things become clear1.3.3Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption,1.3.4Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā,Then all his doubts are dispelled,1.3.5Yato pajānāti sahetudhamman”ti.Since he understands the natural order <j>and its conditions.”
1.4.1Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—In the middle part of the night, the Buddha again reflected on dependent origination, both the ordinary and the extraordinary sequence:
1.4.2“avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ …pe…“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form …1.4.3evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti …pe…This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. …1.4.4nirodho hotī”ti.This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.”
1.5.1Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:
1.5.2“Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,“When things become clear1.5.3Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption,1.5.4Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā,Then all his doubts are dispelled,1.5.5Yato khayaṁ paccayānaṁ avedī”ti.Since he’s understood the end of the conditions.”
1.6.1Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—In the last part of the night, the Buddha again reflected on dependent origination, both the ordinary and the extraordinary sequence:
1.6.2“avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ …pe…“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form …1.6.3evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti …pe…This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. …1.6.4nirodho hotī”ti.This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.”
1.7.1Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:
1.7.2“Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,“When things become clear1.7.3Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption,1.7.4Vidhūpayaṁ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṁ,He defeats the army of the Lord of Death,1.7.5Sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkhan”ti.Like the sun beaming in the sky.”
1.7.6Bodhikathā niṭṭhitā.The account with the Bodhi tree is finished.
2.1.02. Ajapālakathā2. The account with the goatherd’s banyan tree
2.1.1Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the Bodhi tree to a goatherd’s banyan tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom.
2.2.1Atha kho aññataro huṁhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.Then a brahmin devoted to mystical mantras went up to the Buddha,12.2.2Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.exchanged pleasantries with him,2.2.3Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.2.2.4Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—and said,2.2.5PTS 1.3“kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā”ti?“Good Gotama, how is one a brahmin? What are the qualities that make one a brahmin?”
2.3.1Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:
2.3.2“Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo,“The brahmin who has shut out bad qualities,2.3.3Nihuṁhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto;Who does not murmur mystical mantras, <j>but is free from flaws and self-controlled,2.3.4Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo,Who has reached final knowledge <j>and has fulfilled the spiritual life—2.3.5Dhammena so brahmavādaṁ vadeyya;He may rightly proclaim the highest doctrine,22.3.6Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke”ti.Having no pride about anything in the world.”
2.3.7Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā.The account with the goatherd’s banyan tree is finished.
3.1.03. Mucalindakathā3. The account with the powderpuff tree
3.1.1Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the goatherd’s banyan tree to a powderpuff tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom.3
3.2.1Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī.Just then an unseasonal storm was approaching, bringing seven days of rain, cold winds, and clouds.3.2.2Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṁ sattakkhattuṁ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṁ phaṇaṁ karitvā aṭṭhāsi—Mucalinda, the dragon king, came out from his abode. He encircled the body of the Buddha with seven coils and spread his large hood over his head, thinking,3.2.3“mā bhagavantaṁ sītaṁ, mā bhagavantaṁ uṇhaṁ, mā bhagavantaṁ ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso”ti.“May the Buddha not be hot or cold, nor be bothered by horseflies or mosquitoes, by the wind or the burning sun, or by creeping animals or insects.”
3.3.1Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṁ vigatavalāhakaṁ devaṁ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṁ paṭisaṁharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṁ namassamāno.After seven days, when he knew the sky was clear, Mucalinda unraveled his coils from the Buddha’s body and transformed himself into a young brahmin. He then stood in front of the Buddha, raising his joined palms in veneration.
3.3.2Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:
3.4.1“Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa,“Seclusion is bliss for the contented3.4.2sutadhammassa passato;Who sees the Teaching that they have learned.3.4.3Abyāpajjaṁ sukhaṁ loke,Kindness to the world is happiness,3.4.4pāṇabhūtesu saṁyamo.For one who’s harmless to living beings.
3.4.5Sukhā virāgatā loke,Dispassion for the world is happiness,3.4.6kāmānaṁ samatikkamo;For one who overcomes worldly pleasures.3.4.7Asmimānassa yo vinayo,But removing the conceit ‘I am’,3.4.8etaṁ ve paramaṁ sukhan”ti.This, indeed, is the highest bliss.”
3.4.9Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā.The account with the powderpuff tree is finished.
4.1.04. Rājāyatanakathā4. The account with the ape-flower tree
4.1.1Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī.After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the powderpuff tree to an ape-flower tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom.4
4.2.1PTS 1.4Tena kho pana samayena tapussa bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṁ desaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti.Just then the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika were traveling from Ukkalā to that area.4.2.2Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṁ vāṇijānaṁ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca—Then a god who was a former relative of theirs said to them,4.2.3“ayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho;“Sirs, a Buddha who has just attained awakening is staying at the foot of an ape-flower tree.4.2.4gacchatha taṁ bhagavantaṁ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha;Go to that Buddha and offer him crackers and honey.54.2.5taṁ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.That will be for your benefit and happiness for a long time.”
4.3.1Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.And they took crackers and honey and went to the Buddha. They bowed down4.3.2Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—and said,4.3.3“paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṁ amhākaṁ assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.“Sir, please accept the crackers and honey from us. That will be for our benefit and happiness for a long time.”
4.4.1Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,4.4.2“na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti.“Buddhas don’t receive with their hands.4.4.3Kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṭiggaṇheyyaṁ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā”ti?In what should I receive the crackers and honey?”
4.4.4Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṁ—Then, reading the mind of the Buddha, the four great kings offered him four crystal bowls from the four directions, saying,4.4.5“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā”ti.“Here, sir, please receive the crackers and honey in these.”4.4.6Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji.After receiving the crackers and honey in one of the valuable crystal bowls, the Buddha ate them.
4.5.1Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—When Tapussa and Bhallika knew that the Buddha had finished his meal, they bowed down with their heads at his feet, and said,4.5.2“ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṁ gate”ti.“Sir, we go for refuge to the Buddha and the Teaching. Please accept us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.”4.5.3Te ca loke paṭhamaṁ upāsakā ahesuṁ dvevācikā.By means of the double refuge, they became the first lay followers in the world.
4.5.4Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā.The account with the ape-flower tree is finished.
5.1.05. Brahmayācanakathā5. The account of the supreme being’s request
5.1.1Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami.After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the ape-flower tree to a goatherd’s banyan tree,5.1.2Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati.and he stayed there.5.2.1Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—Then, while reflecting in private, the Buddha thought this:
5.2.2“adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo.“I have discovered this profound truth, so hard to see, so hard to comprehend. It’s peaceful and sublime, subtle, beyond the intellect, and knowable only to the wise.5.2.3Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā.But human beings delight in holding on, find pleasure in holding on, rejoice in holding on,5.2.4PTS 1.5Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo;and because of that it’s hard for them to see causal relationships, dependent origination.5.2.5idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ.This too is very hard for them to see: the stilling of all intentional activities, the giving up of all ownership, the stopping of craving, fading away, ending, extinguishment.5.2.6Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā”ti.If I were to teach this truth, others would not understand, and that would be wearying and troublesome for me.”
5.3.1Apissu bhagavantaṁ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—And spontaneously, these verses never heard before occurred to the Buddha:
5.3.2“Kicchena me adhigataṁ,“What I’ve discovered with difficulty,5.3.3halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ;There’s no point in making it known.5.3.4Rāgadosaparetehi,For those overcome by sensual desire and ill will,5.3.5nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho.This truth is hard to understand.
5.3.6Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ,Those who are excited by sensual desire,5.3.7gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ;Obstructed by a mass of darkness,5.3.8Rāgarattā na dakkhanti,Won’t see what goes against the stream,5.3.9tamokhandhena āvuṭā”ti.What’s subtle and refined, profound and hard to see.”
5.4.1Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāya.When the Buddha reflected like this, he inclined to inactivity, not to teaching.
5.4.2Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi—Just then the supreme being Sahampati read the mind of the Buddha. He thought,5.4.3“nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā”ti.“The world is lost; it’s perished!—for the Buddha, perfected and fully awakened, inclines to inaction, not to teaching.”
5.5.1Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.Then, just as a strong man might bend or stretch his arm, Sahampati disappeared from the world of supreme beings and appeared in front of the Buddha.5.6.1Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—He arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms, and said,5.6.2“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ.“Please teach, sir, please teach!5.6.3Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti.There are beings with little dust in their eyes who are ruined because of not hearing the Teaching. There will be those who understand.”
5.7.1Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—This is what Sahampati said, and he added:
5.7.2“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe,“Earlier, among the Magadhans,5.7.3Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;An impure teaching appeared, <j>conceived by defiled people.5.7.4Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ,Open this door to the freedom from death!5.7.5Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ.Let them hear the Teaching, <j>discovered by the Pure One.
5.7.6Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito,Just as one standing on a rocky mountain top5.7.7Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato;Would see the people all around,5.7.8Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha,Just so, All-seeing Wise One,5.7.9Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;Ascend the temple of the Truth.5.7.10PTS 1.6Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko,Being rid of sorrow, look upon the people,5.7.11Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ.Sunk in grief, overcome by birth and old age.
5.7.12Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma,Stand up, Victorious Hero!5.7.13Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;Leader of travelers, <j>wander the world without obligation.5.7.14Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ,Sir, proclaim the Teaching;5.7.15Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti.There will be those who understand.”
5.8.1Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ etadavoca—Twice the Buddha repeated to Sahampati what he had thought, and on both occasions Sahampati repeated his request.5.8.2“mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi—5.8.3‘adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo.5.8.4Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā.5.8.5Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo;5.8.6idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ.5.8.7Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti.5.8.8Apissu maṁ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—
5.8.9‘Kicchena me adhigataṁ,5.8.10halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ;5.8.11Rāgadosaparetehi,5.8.12nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho.
5.8.13Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ,5.8.14gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ;5.8.15Rāgarattā na dakkhanti,5.8.16tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.
5.8.17Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati no dhammadesanāyā”ti.
5.9.1Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—
5.9.2“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ;5.9.3santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti.5.9.4Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—
5.9.5“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe,5.9.6Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;5.9.7Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ,5.9.8Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ.
5.9.9Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito,5.9.10Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato;5.9.11Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha,5.9.12Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;5.9.13Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko,5.9.14Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ.
5.9.15Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma,5.9.16Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;5.9.17Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ,5.9.18Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti.
5.9.19Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ etadavoca—5.9.20“mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi—5.9.21‘adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo.5.9.22Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā.5.9.23Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo;5.9.24idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ.5.9.25Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti.5.9.26Apissu maṁ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—
5.9.27‘Kicchena me adhigataṁ,5.9.28halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ;5.9.29Rāgadosaparetehi,5.9.30nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho.
5.9.31Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ,5.9.32gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ;5.9.33Rāgarattā na dakkhanti,5.9.34tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.
5.9.35Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā”ti.
5.9.36Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—5.9.37“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ.5.9.38Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti.5.9.39Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—
5.9.40“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe,5.9.41Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;5.9.42Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ,5.9.43Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ.
5.9.44Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito,5.9.45Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato;5.9.46Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha,5.9.47Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;5.9.48Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko,5.9.49Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ.
5.9.50Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma,5.9.51Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;5.9.52Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ,5.9.53Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti.
5.10.1Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesi.The Buddha understood the request of that supreme being. Then, with the eye of a Buddha, he surveyed the world out of compassion for sentient beings.5.11.1PTS 1.7Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.He saw beings with little dust in their eyes and with much dust in their eyes, with sharp faculties and with dull faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and difficult to teach. He even saw some who regarded the next world as dangerous and to be avoided, while others did not.65.11.2Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakaṁ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena;It was just like red and white lotuses and blue water lilies, sprouted and grown in a lotus pond: some remain submerged in the water without rising out of it, others reach the surface of the water, while others still rise out of the water without being touched by it.5.11.3evamevaṁ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante;5.12.1disvāna brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ gāthāya paccabhāsi—When he had seen this, the Buddha replied to Sahampati in verse:
5.12.2“Apārutā tesaṁ amatassa dvārā,“The doors to the freedom from death are open!5.12.3Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṁ;May those who hear release their faith.5.12.4Vihiṁsasaññī paguṇaṁ na bhāsiṁ,Seeing trouble, supreme being,5.12.5Dhammaṁ paṇītaṁ manujesu brahme”ti.I did not speak the sublime and subtle Truth.”
5.13.1Atha kho brahmā sahampati—Sahampati thought,5.13.2“katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.“The Buddha has consented to teach.” He bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and disappeared right there.
5.13.3Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā.The account of the supreme being’s request is finished.
6.1.06. Pañcavaggiyakathā6. The account of the group of five
6.1.1Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,6.1.2“kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ?“Who should I teach first?6.1.3Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti?Who will understand this Teaching quickly?”6.1.4Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—And it occurred to him,6.1.5“ayaṁ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṁ apparajakkhajātiko;“Ālāra Kālāma is wise and competent, and has for a long time had little dust in his eyes.6.1.6yannūnāhaṁ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, so imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti.Let me teach him first. He will understand it quickly.”
6.2.1Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi—“sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo”ti.But an invisible god informed the Buddha, “Sir, Ālāra Kālāma died seven days ago,”6.2.2Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṁ udapādi—“sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo”ti.and the Buddha also knew this for himself.6.2.3Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—He thought,6.2.4“mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo;“Ālāra Kālāma’s loss is great.6.2.5sace hi so imaṁ dhammaṁ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā”ti.If he had heard this Teaching, he would have understood it quickly.”
6.3.1Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—Again the Buddha thought,6.3.2“kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ?“Who should I teach first?6.3.3Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti?Who will understand this Teaching quickly?”6.3.4Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—And it occurred to him,6.3.5“ayaṁ kho udako rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṁ apparajakkhajātiko;“Udaka Rāmaputta is wise and competent, and has for a long time had little dust in his eyes.6.3.6yannūnāhaṁ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, so imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti.Let me teach him first. He will understand it quickly.”
6.4.1Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi—“abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto”ti.But an invisible god informed the Buddha, “Sir, Udaka Rāmaputta died last night,”6.4.2Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṁ udapādi—“abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto”ti.and the Buddha also knew this for himself.6.4.3Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—He thought,6.4.4“mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto;“Udaka Rāmaputta’s loss is great.6.4.5sace hi so imaṁ dhammaṁ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā”ti.If he had heard this Teaching, he would have understood it quickly.”
6.5.1Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—Once again the Buddha thought,6.5.2“kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ?“Who should I teach first?6.5.3PTS 1.8Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti?Who will understand this Teaching quickly?”6.5.4Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—And it occurred to him,6.5.5“bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṁ padhānapahitattaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁsu;“The group of five monks who supported me while I was striving were of great service to me.6.6.1yannūnāhaṁ pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyan”ti.Let me teach them first.6.6.2Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—6.6.3“kahaṁ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī”ti?But where are they staying now?”
6.6.4Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharante isipatane migadāye.With his superhuman and purified clairvoyance, the Buddha saw that the group of five monks were staying near Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana.6.6.5Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.Then, after staying at Uruvelā for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Benares.
6.7.1Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṁ antarā ca gayaṁ antarā ca bodhiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The Ājīvaka ascetic Upaka saw the Buddha traveling between Gayā and the place of awakening. He said to the Buddha,6.7.2“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.“Sir, your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright.6.7.3Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito?In whose name have you gone forth?6.7.4Ko vā te satthā?Who is your teacher6.7.5Kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī”ti?or whose teaching do you follow?”
6.8.1Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā upakaṁ ājīvakaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi—The Buddha replied to Upaka in verse:
6.8.2“Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi,“I’m the victor, the knower of all.6.8.3Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto;Abandoning all, I’m not soiled by anything.6.8.4Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto,Through my own insight, <j>I’m freed by the ending of craving—6.8.5Sayaṁ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṁ.So who should I refer to as a teacher?
6.8.6Na me ācariyo atthi,I have no teacher;6.8.7sadiso me na vijjati;No one like me exists.6.8.8Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,In the world with its gods,6.8.9natthi me paṭipuggalo.I have no equal.
6.8.10Ahañhi arahā loke,For I’m the Perfected One,6.8.11ahaṁ satthā anuttaro;The supreme teacher.6.8.12Ekomhi sammāsambuddho,I alone am fully awakened;6.8.13sītibhūtosmi nibbuto.I’m cool and extinguished.
6.8.14Dhammacakkaṁ pavattetuṁ,I’m going to the city of Kāsi,6.8.15Gacchāmi kāsinaṁ puraṁ;To set rolling the wheel of the Teaching.6.8.16Andhībhūtasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,In this world immersed in darkness,6.8.17Āhañchaṁ amatadundubhin”ti.I’ll beat the drum of freedom from death.”
6.9.1“Yathā kho tvaṁ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajino”ti.“According to your own claim you must be a universal Victor.”
6.9.2“Mādisā ve jinā honti,“Indeed, those like me are victors,6.9.3ye pattā āsavakkhayaṁ;Those who have ended the corruptions.6.9.4Jitā me pāpakā dhammā,I have conquered all bad traits—6.9.5tasmāhamupaka jino”ti.Therefore, Upaka, I’m a Victor.”
6.9.6Evaṁ vutte, upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi.Saying, “May it be so,” Upaka shook his head, chose the wrong path, and left.
6.10.1Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṁ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami.The Buddha continued wandering toward the deer park at Isipatana near Benares. When he eventually arrived, he went to the group of five monks.
6.10.2Addasaṁsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ;Seeing him coming,6.10.3disvāna aññamaññaṁ katikaṁ saṇṭhapesuṁ—the group of five made an agreement with one another:6.10.4PTS 1.9“ayaṁ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya.“Here comes the ascetic Gotama, who has given up his striving and returned to a life of indulgence.6.10.5So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ;We shouldn’t bow down to him, stand up for him, or receive his bowl and robe,6.10.6api ca kho āsanaṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī”ti.but we should prepare a seat. If he wishes, he may sit down.”6.11.1Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṁ.But as the Buddha approached, the group of five monks was unable to keep the agreement.6.11.2Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṁ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṁ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṁ, eko pādapīṭhaṁ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṁ upanikkhipi.One went to meet him to receive his bowl and robe, another prepared a seat, another set out water for washing the feet, yet another set out a foot stool, and the last one put out a foot scraper.76.11.3Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane;The Buddha sat down on the prepared seat6.11.4nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi.and washed his feet.6.11.5Apissu bhagavantaṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti.But they still addressed him by name and as “friend”.
6.12.1Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—The Buddha said to the group of five monks,6.12.2“mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha.“Monks, don’t address the Buddha by name or as ‘friend’.6.12.3Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.Listen, I’m perfected and fully awakened. I have discovered the freedom from death. I will instruct you and teach you the Truth.6.12.4Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—When you practice as instructed,6.12.5yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—in this very life you will soon realize with your own insight the supreme goal of the spiritual life6.12.6brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti.for which gentlemen rightly go forth into homelessness.”
6.13.1Evaṁ vutte, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They replied,6.13.2“tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan”ti?“Friend Gotama, by practicing extreme austerities you didn’t gain any superhuman quality, any distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of noble ones. Since you have given up your striving and returned to a life of indulgence, how could you now have achieved any of this?”
6.14.1Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—The Buddha said,6.14.2“na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya;“I haven’t given up striving and returned to a life of indulgence,”6.14.3arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.and he repeated what he had said before.6.14.4Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.6.14.5Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—6.14.6yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—6.14.7brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti.
6.15.1Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ …pe….A second time the group of five monks repeated their question6.15.2Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca …pe….and a second time the Buddha repeated his reply.6.15.3PTS 1.10Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—A third time they repeated their question, and the Buddha then said, “Have you ever heard me speak like this?”6.15.4“tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan”ti?
6.16.1Evaṁ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—6.16.2“abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan”ti?
6.16.3“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“No, sir.”
6.16.4“Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.“Then listen. I’m perfected and fully awakened. I have discovered the freedom from death. I will instruct you and teach you the Truth.6.16.5Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—When you practice as instructed,6.16.6yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—in this very life you will soon realize with your own insight the supreme goal of the spiritual life6.16.7brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti.for which gentlemen rightly go forth into homelessness.”
6.16.8Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ.The Buddha was able to persuade the group of five monks.6.16.9Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ sussūsiṁsu, sotaṁ odahiṁsu, aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpesuṁ.They then listened to the Buddha, paid careful attention, and applied their minds to understand.
6.17.1Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi—And the Buddha addressed them:
6.17.2“Dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā.“There are these two opposites that should not be pursued by one who has gone forth.6.17.3Katame dve?6.17.4Yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito.One is the devotion to worldly pleasures, which is inferior, crude, common, ignoble, and unbeneficial. The other is the devotion to self-torment, which is painful, ignoble, and unbeneficial.6.17.5Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.By avoiding these opposites, I have awakened to the middle path, which produces vision and knowledge, which leads to peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment.
6.18.1Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati?And what, monks, is that middle path?6.18.2Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ—It’s just this noble eightfold path,6.18.3sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.that is, right view, right aim, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right stillness.6.18.4Ayaṁ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.
6.19.1Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ.And this is noble truth of suffering:6.19.2Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ.birth is suffering, old age is suffering, sickness is suffering, death is suffering, association with what is disliked is suffering, separation from what is liked is suffering, not getting what you want is suffering.6.19.3Saṅkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.In brief, the five aspects of existence affected by grasping are suffering.
6.20.1Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ—And this is noble truth of the origin of suffering:6.20.2yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ—the craving that leads to rebirth, that comes with delight and sensual desire, ever delighting in this and that,6.20.3kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.that is, craving for worldly pleasures, craving for existence, and craving for non-existence.
6.21.1Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ—And this is noble truth of the end of suffering:6.21.2yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo.the full fading away and ending of that very craving; giving it up, relinquishing it, releasing it, letting it go.
6.22.1Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ—And this is noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering:6.22.2ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ—just this noble eightfold path,6.22.3sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.that is, right view, right aim, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right stillness.
6.23.1PTS 1.11Idaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this is the noble truth of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.23.2Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of suffering should be fully understood. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.23.3Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of suffering had been fully understood. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.
6.24.1Idaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this is the noble truth of the origin of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.24.2Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of the origin of suffering should be fully abandoned. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.24.3Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of the origin of suffering had been fully abandoned. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.
6.25.1Idaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this is the noble truth of the end of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.25.2Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of the end of suffering should be fully experienced. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.25.3Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of the end of suffering had been fully experienced. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.
6.26.1Idaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this is the noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.26.2Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering should be fully developed. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.6.26.3Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.I knew that this noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering had been fully developed. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before.
6.27.1Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ.So long as I had not fully purified my knowledge and vision according to reality of these four noble truths with their three stages and twelve characteristics, I didn’t claim the supreme full awakening in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
6.28.1Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ.But when I had fully purified my knowledge and vision according to reality of these four noble truths with their three stages and twelve characteristics, then I did claim the supreme full awakening in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans.6.29.1Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi—And knowledge and vision arose in me:6.29.2akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.‘My freedom is unshakable, this is my last birth, now there is no further rebirth.’”
6.29.3Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.This is what the Buddha said. The monks from the group of five were pleased and they rejoiced in the Buddha’s exposition.
6.29.4Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—And while this exposition was being spoken, Venerable Koṇḍañña experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:6.29.5“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
6.30.1Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ—When the Buddha had set rolling the wheel of the Teaching, the earth gods cried out,6.30.2PTS 1.12“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ, appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.“At Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has set rolling the supreme wheel of the Teaching. It can’t be stopped by any monastic, brahmin, god, lord of death, supreme being, or anyone in the world.”6.30.3Bhummānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ …pe…Hearing the earth gods, the gods of the four great kings cried out …6.30.4cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā tāvatiṁsā devā …pe…Hearing the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the Thirty-three cried out …6.30.5yāmā devā …pe…the Yāma gods …6.30.6tusitā devā …pe…the contented gods …6.30.7nimmānaratī devā …pe…the gods who delight in creation …6.30.8paranimmitavasavattī devā …pe…the gods who control the creations of others …6.30.9brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ—the gods of the realm of the supreme beings cried out,6.30.10“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.“At Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has set rolling the supreme wheel of the Teaching. It can’t be stopped by any monastic, brahmin, god, lord of death, supreme being, or anyone in the world.”
6.31.1Itiha tena khaṇena, tena layena, tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi.In that instant the news spread as far as the world of the supreme beings.6.31.2Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi;Ten thousand solar systems shook and trembled.6.31.3appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.And there appeared in the world an immeasurable and glorious radiance, surpassing the splendor of the gods.
6.31.4Atha kho bhagavā imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—Then the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:6.31.5“aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño”ti.“Koṇḍañña has understood! Indeed, Koṇḍañña has understood!”6.31.6Iti hidaṁ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa “aññāsikoṇḍañño” tveva nāmaṁ ahosi.That’s how Koṇḍañña got the name “Aññāsikoṇḍañña”, “Koṇḍañña who has understood.”
6.32.1Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—Aññāsikoṇḍañña had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. He then said to the Buddha,6.32.2“labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.”6.32.3“Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha replied, “Come, monk.6.32.4“svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”6.32.5Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of that venerable.
6.33.1Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi.The Buddha then instructed and taught the rest of the monks.6.33.2Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—While they were being instructed and taught, Venerable Vappa and Venerable Bhaddiya experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:6.33.3“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”6.34.1Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. They then said to the Buddha,6.34.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”6.34.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha replied, “Come, monks.6.34.4PTS 1.13“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”6.34.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of those venerables.
6.35.1Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi.Living on the food brought to him, the Buddha then instructed and taught the remaining monks.6.35.2Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti.The six of them lived on the almsfood brought by three.6.36.1Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—While they were being instructed and taught, Venerable Mahānāma and Venerable Assaji experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:6.36.2“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”6.37.1Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it; they had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. They then said to the Buddha,6.37.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”6.37.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha replied, “Come, monks.6.37.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”6.37.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of those venerables.
6.38.1Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi—Then the Buddha addressed the group of five:
6.38.2“Rūpaṁ, bhikkhave, anattā.“Form is not your essence.6.38.3Rūpañca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe—For if form were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it6.38.4‘evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.6.38.5Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṁ anattā, tasmā rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe—But because form is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it6.38.6‘evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.
6.39.1Vedanā anattā.Feeling is not your essence.6.39.2Vedanā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ vedanā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya—For if feeling were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it6.39.3‘evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.6.39.4Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya—But because feeling is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it6.39.5‘evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.
6.40.1Saññā anattā.Perception is not your essence.6.40.2Saññā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ saññā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya—For if perception were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it6.40.3‘evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.6.40.4Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya—But because perception is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it6.40.5‘evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.
6.40.6Saṅkhārā anattā.Intentional activities are not your essence.6.40.7Saṅkhārā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṁsu, nayidaṁ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvatteyyuṁ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu—For if intentional activities were your essence, they would not lead to suffering, and you could make them6.40.8‘evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun’ti.be like this and not be like that.6.40.9Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu—But because intentional activities are not your essence, they lead to suffering, and you can’t make them6.40.10‘evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun’ti.be like this and not be like that.
6.41.1Viññāṇaṁ anattā.Consciousness is not your essence.6.41.2PTS 1.14Viññāṇañca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca viññāṇe—For if consciousness were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it6.41.3‘evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.6.41.4Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe—But because consciousness is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it6.41.5‘evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī’ti.be like this and not be like that.
6.42.1Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?What do you think, monks: is form permanent or impermanent?”—6.42.2“Aniccaṁ, bhante”.“Impermanent, sir.”—6.42.3“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti?“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—6.42.4“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”.“Suffering.”—6.42.5“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this:6.42.6etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—6.42.7“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“Definitely not.”
6.43.1“Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti?“What do you think: is feeling permanent or impermanent?”—6.43.2“Aniccā, bhante”.“Impermanent.”—6.43.3“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti?“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—6.43.4“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”.“Suffering.”—6.43.5“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this:6.43.6etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—6.43.7“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“Definitely not.”
6.43.8“Saññā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti?“What do you think: is perception permanent or impermanent?”—6.43.9“Aniccā, bhante”.“Impermanent.”—6.43.10“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti?“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—6.43.11“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”.“Suffering.”—6.43.12“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this:6.43.13etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—6.43.14“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“Definitely not.”
6.43.15“Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti?“What do you think: are intentional activities permanent or impermanent?”—6.43.16“Aniccā, bhante”.“Impermanent.”—6.43.17“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti?“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—6.43.18“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”.“Suffering.”—6.43.19“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this:6.43.20etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—6.43.21“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“Definitely not.”
6.43.22“Viññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?“What do you think: is consciousness permanent or impermanent?”—6.43.23“Aniccaṁ, bhante”.“Impermanent.”—6.43.24“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti?“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—6.43.25“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”.“Suffering.”—6.43.26“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this:6.43.27etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti?‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—6.43.28“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“Definitely not.”
6.44.1“Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā yaṁ dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ rūpaṁ—“So, whatever form there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality:6.44.2netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’6.44.3evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
6.45.1Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā—Whatever feeling there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality:6.45.2netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’6.45.3evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
6.45.4Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā—Whatever perception there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality:6.45.5netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’6.45.6evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
6.45.7Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā—Whatever intentional activities there are—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—they should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality:6.45.8netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’6.45.9evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
6.45.10Yaṁ kiñci viññāṇaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā yaṁ dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ viññāṇaṁ—Whatever consciousness there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality:6.45.11netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’6.45.12evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ.
6.46.1Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati;A learned noble disciple who sees this is repelled by form, repelled by feeling, repelled by perception, repelled by intentional activities, and repelled by consciousness.6.46.2nibbindaṁ virajjati;Being repelled, they become desireless.6.46.3virāgā vimuccati;Because they are desireless, they are freed.6.46.4vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī”ti.When they are freed, they know they are freed. They understand that birth has come to an end, that the spiritual life has been fulfilled, that the job has been done, that there is no further state of existence.”
6.47.1Idamavoca bhagavā.This is what the Buddha said.6.47.2Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.The monks from the group of five were pleased and they rejoiced in the Buddha’s exposition.6.47.3Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.And while this exposition was being spoken to the monks from the group of five, their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go.
6.47.4Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti.Then there were six perfected ones in the world.
6.47.5Pañcavaggiyakathā niṭṭhitā.The account of the group of five is finished.
6.47.6Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.The first section for recitation is finished.
7.1.07. Pabbajjākathā7. The account of the going forth
7.1.1PTS 1.15Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṁ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti.At that time in Benares there was a gentleman called Yasa, the son of a wealthy merchant, who had been brought up in great comfort.7.1.2Tassa tayo pāsādā honti—He had three stilt houses:7.1.3eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko.one for the winter, one for the summer, and one for the rainy season.
7.1.4So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohati.While Yasa was spending the four months of the rainy season in the rainy-season house, he was attended on by female musicians, and he did not come down from that house.7.2.1Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati.On one occasion, while he was enjoying himself with worldly pleasures, he fell asleep before his attendants. He then woke up first, while the oil lamp was still burning.7.2.2Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṁ parijanaṁ supantaṁ—He saw his attendants sleeping:7.2.3aññissā kacche vīṇaṁ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṁ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṁ, aññaṁ vikesikaṁ, aññaṁ vikkheḷikaṁ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṁ susānaṁ maññe.one with a lute in her armpit, another with a tabor on her neck, still another with a drum in her armpit; one with hair disheveled, another drooling, still another talking in her sleep. It was like a charnel ground before his very eyes.7.2.4Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṁ saṇṭhāsi.When he saw this, the downside became clear, and a feeling of repulsion stayed with him.7.2.5Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṁ udānesi—He uttered a heartfelt exclamation:7.2.6“upaddutaṁ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṁ vata bho”ti.“Oh the oppression! Oh the affliction!”
7.3.1Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami.He then put on his golden shoes and went to the entrance door.7.3.2Amanussā dvāraṁ vivariṁsu—Spirits opened the door, thinking,7.3.3“mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti.“No one should create any obstacle for Yasa going forth into homelessness.”7.3.4Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami.He went to the town gate,7.3.5Amanussā dvāraṁ vivariṁsu—and again it was opened by spirits.7.3.6“mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti.7.3.7Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṁ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.He then went to the deer park at Isipatana.
7.4.1Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati.Just then, after getting up early in the morning, the Buddha was doing walking meditation outside.7.4.2Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.When the Buddha saw Yasa coming, he stepped down from his walking path and sat down on the prepared seat.
7.4.3Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṁ udānesi—As he was getting close to the Buddha, Yasa uttered the same heartfelt exclamation:7.4.4“upaddutaṁ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṁ vata bho”ti.“Oh the oppression! Oh the affliction!”
7.4.5Atha kho bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ etadavoca—The Buddha said,7.4.6“idaṁ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṁ, idaṁ anupassaṭṭhaṁ.“This isn’t oppressive, Yasa, this isn’t afflictive.7.4.7Ehi, yasa, nisīda, dhammaṁ te desessāmī”ti.Come and sit down. I’ll give you a teaching.”
7.5.1Atha kho yaso kulaputto—Thinking,7.5.2“idaṁ kira anupaddutaṁ, idaṁ anupassaṭṭhan”ti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.“Apparently this isn’t oppressive, apparently it’s not afflictive!” excited and joyful, Yasa removed his shoes, approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down.
7.5.3Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—The Buddha then gave Yasa a progressive talk—7.5.4dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.7.6.1PTS 1.16Yadā bhagavā aññāsi yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ kallacittaṁ, muducittaṁ, vinīvaraṇacittaṁ, udaggacittaṁ, pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi—When the Buddha knew that Yasa’s mind was ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas:7.6.2dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ.suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.7.6.3Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;Just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,7.6.4evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while he was sitting right there, Yasa experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:7.6.5“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
7.7.1Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṁ abhiruhitvā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca—Soon afterwards Yasa’s mother went up to his stilt house. Not seeing him, she went to her husband and said,7.7.2“putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī”ti.“I can’t find your son Yasa.”7.7.3Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṁyeva yena isipatanaṁ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.The merchant then dispatched horsemen to the four directions, while he himself went to the deer park at Isipatana.7.7.4Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṁ nikkhepaṁ, disvāna taṁyeva anugamāsi.He saw the imprints of the golden shoes on the ground and he followed along.
7.8.1Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi—When the Buddha saw the wealthy merchant coming, he thought,7.8.2“yannūnāhaṁ tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhareyyaṁ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ na passeyyā”ti.“Why don’t I use my supernormal powers so that the merchant, when he sits down, doesn’t see Yasa seated next to him?”7.8.3Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharesi.And he did just that.
7.9.1Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The merchant approached the Buddha and said,7.9.2“api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passeyyā”ti?“Sir, have you seen Yasa by any chance?”
7.9.3“Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passeyyāsī”ti.“Please sit down, householder. Perhaps you’ll get to see Yasa.”
7.9.4Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati—When the merchant heard this,7.9.5“idheva kirāhaṁ nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passissāmī”ti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.he was elated and joyful. And he bowed and sat down.
7.10.1Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—The Buddha then gave him a progressive talk—7.10.2dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.7.10.3Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ kallacittaṁ, muducittaṁ, vinīvaraṇacittaṁ, udaggacittaṁ, pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi—When the Buddha knew that his mind was ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas:7.10.4dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ.suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.7.10.5Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,7.10.6evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while he was sitting right there, the merchant experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:7.10.7“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
7.10.8Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—He had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And he said to the Buddha,7.10.9“abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante.“Wonderful, sir, wonderful!7.10.10Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya—Just as one might set upright what’s overturned, or reveal what’s hidden, or show the way to one who’s lost, or bring a lamp into the dark7.10.11‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti;so that one with eyes might see what’s there—7.10.12evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.just so has the Buddha made the Teaching clear in many ways.7.10.13Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca.I go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks.7.10.14Upāsakaṁ maṁ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.Please accept me as a lay follower who’s gone for refuge for life.”7.10.15Sova loke paṭhamaṁ upāsako ahosi tevāciko.He was the first person in the world to become a lay follower by means of the triple refuge.
7.11.1PTS 1.17Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci.While his father was given this teaching, Yasa reviewed what he had already seen and understood, and his mind was freed from the corruptions through letting go.7.11.2Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—Realizing what had happened,7.11.3“yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.7.11.4Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto;the Buddha thought, “Yasa is incapable of returning to the lower life to enjoy worldly pleasures as he did while still a householder.7.11.5yannūnāhaṁ taṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ paṭippassambheyyan”ti.Let me stop using my supernormal powers.”7.11.6Atha kho bhagavā taṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ paṭippassambhesi.And he did.
7.12.1Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ nisinnaṁ disvāna, yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ etadavoca—The merchant saw Yasa sitting there and he said to him,7.12.2“mātā te, tāta yasa, paridevasokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvitan”ti.“Dear Yasa, your mother is grieving and lamenting. Please give her back her life.”7.13.1Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṁ ullokesi.Yasa looked to the Buddha,7.13.2Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca—and the Buddha said to the merchant,7.13.3“taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā, tassa yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.“What do you think, householder: suppose the mind of one such as you—who has seen and understood the Truth with the trainee’s knowledge and vision—while he was reviewing what he had already seen and understood, was freed from the corruptions through letting go.7.13.4Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto”ti?Would he be able to return to the lower life to enjoy worldly pleasures as he did while still a householder?”
7.13.5“No hetaṁ, bhante”.“Definitely not.”
7.13.6“Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā, tassa yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.“But this is what has happened to Yasa.7.13.7Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto”ti.He is now unable to return to the lower life.”
7.14.1“Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṁ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.“It’s a great gain for Yasa that his mind has been freed from the corruptions through letting go!7.14.2Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṁ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā”ti.Sir, please accept today’s meal from me with Yasa as your attendant.”7.14.3Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.The Buddha consented by remaining silent.
7.14.4Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the merchant got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left.7.15.1Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—Soon after the merchant had left, Yasa said to the Buddha,7.15.2“labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.”7.15.3“Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monk.7.15.4“svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”7.15.5PTS 1.18Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of that venerable.7.15.6Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti.Then there were seven perfected ones in the world.
7.15.7Yasassa pabbajjā niṭṭhitā.The going forth of Yasa is finished.
8.1.1Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.The following morning the Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and, with Venerable Yasa as his attendant, went to the house of that merchant where he sat down on the prepared seat.8.1.2Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.Yasa’s mother and ex-wife approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down.
8.2.1Tāsaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—The Buddha gave them a progressive talk—8.2.2dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.8.2.3Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi—When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas:8.2.4dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ.suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.8.2.5Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,8.2.6evameva tāsaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:8.2.7“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
8.3.1Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha,8.3.2“abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante …pe…“Wonderful, sir, wonderful! …8.3.3etā mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca.We go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks.8.3.4Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṁ gatā”ti.Please accept us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.”8.3.5Tā ca loke paṭhamaṁ upāsikā ahesuṁ tevācikā.And they were the first women in the world to become lay followers by means of the triple refuge.
8.4.1Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ, ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.Yasa’s mother, father, and ex-wife personally served various kinds of fine foods to the Buddha and Yasa. When the Buddha had finished his meal, they sat down.8.4.2Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened them with a teaching, before getting up from his seat and leaving.
9.1.1Assosuṁ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṁ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—Now Yasa had four friends—9.1.2PTS 1.19vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati—Vimala, Subāhu, Puṇṇaji, and Gavampati—9.1.3yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitoti.who were from the wealthiest merchant families in Benares. When they heard that Yasa had shaved off his hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and gone forth into homelessness,9.1.4Sutvāna nesaṁ etadahosi—they said to one another,9.1.5“na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.“This must be an extraordinary spiritual path, an extraordinary going forth, for Yasa to have done this.”89.2.1Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ yasaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.And they went to Yasa and bowed down to him.
9.2.2Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.Yasa then took his four friends to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down,9.2.3Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—and said,9.2.4“ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṁ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—“Sir, these four friends of mine—9.2.5vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati.Vimala, Subāhu, Puṇṇaji, and Gavampati—9.2.6Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū”ti.are from the wealthiest merchant families in Benares. Please instruct them.”
9.3.1Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—The Buddha gave them a progressive talk:9.3.2dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.9.3.3Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ.When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.9.3.4Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,9.3.5evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:9.3.6“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
9.4.1Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha,9.4.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”9.4.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.9.4.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”9.4.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of those venerables.9.4.6Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi.Then, as the Buddha instructed those monks in the Teaching,9.4.7Tesaṁ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go.9.4.8Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti.And there were eleven perfected ones in the world.
9.4.9Catugihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.The going forth of the four friends is finished.
10.1.1PTS 1.20Assosuṁ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—Fifty of Yasa’s friends from leading families in the countryside also heard10.1.2yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitoti.that Yasa had shaved off his hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and gone forth into homelessness.10.1.3Sutvāna nesaṁ etadahosi—They too said to one another,10.1.4“na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.“This must be an extraordinary spiritual path, an extraordinary going forth, for Yasa to have done this.”10.2.1Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ yasaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.And they went to Yasa and bowed down to him.
10.2.2Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.Yasa then took his fifty friends to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down,10.2.3Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—and said,10.2.4“ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṁ kulānaṁ puttā.“Sir, these fifty friends of mine are from leading families in the countryside.10.2.5Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū”ti.Please instruct them.”
10.3.1Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—The Buddha then gave them a progressive talk—10.3.2dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.10.3.3Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ.When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.10.3.4Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,10.3.5evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:10.3.6“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
10.4.1Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha,10.4.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”10.4.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.10.4.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”10.4.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of those venerables.10.4.6Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi.Then, as the Buddha instructed those monks in the Teaching,10.4.7Tesaṁ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go.10.4.8Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti.And there were sixty-one perfected ones in the world.
10.4.9Paññāsagihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā.The going forth of the fifty friends is finished.
11.1.08. Mārakathā8. The account of the Lord of Death
11.1.1Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi—Then the Buddha addressed those monks:11.1.2“muttāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā.“I’m free from all snares, both human and divine.11.1.3PTS 1.21Tumhepi, bhikkhave, muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā.You, too, are free from all snares, both human and divine.11.1.4Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.Go wandering, monks, for the benefit and happiness of humanity, out of compassion for the world, for the good, benefit, and happiness of gods and humans.11.1.5Mā ekena dve agamittha.You should each go a different way.11.1.6Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṁ ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāsetha.Proclaim the Teaching that is good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, that has a true goal and is well articulated. Set out the perfectly complete and pure spiritual life.11.1.7Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro.There are beings with little dust in their eyes who are ruined because of not hearing the Teaching. There will be those who understand.11.1.8Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā”ti.I too will go to Uruvelā, to Senānigama, to proclaim the Teaching.”
11.2.1Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, went up to the Buddha and spoke to him in verse:
11.2.2“Baddhosi sabbapāsehi,“You’re bound by all snares,11.2.3ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;Both human and divine.11.2.4Mahābandhanabaddhosi,You’re bound by the great bond:11.2.5na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti.You’re not free from me, monastic.”
11.2.6“Muttāhaṁ sabbapāsehi,“I’m free from all snares,11.2.7Ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;Both human and divine.11.2.8Mahābandhanamuttomhi,I’m free from the great bond:11.2.9Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti.Terminator, you’re defeated!”
11.2.10“Antalikkhacaro pāso,“The snare is ethereal,11.2.11yvāyaṁ carati mānaso;And it comes from the mind.11.2.12Tena taṁ bādhayissāmi,With that I’ll bind you:11.2.13na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti.You’re not free from me, monastic.”
11.2.14“Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā,“Sights, sounds, tastes, smells,11.2.15Phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;And tangibles, the mind’s delights—11.2.16Ettha me vigato chando,For these I have no desire:11.2.17Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti.Terminator, you’re defeated!”
11.2.18Atha kho māro pāpimā—Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, thought,11.2.19“jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.“The Buddha knows me, the Happy One knows me,” and, sad and miserable, he disappeared right there.
11.2.20Mārakathā niṭṭhitā.The account of the Lord of Death is finished.
12.1.09. Pabbajjūpasampadākathā9. Discussion of the going forth and the full ordination
12.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—Soon afterwards, the monks were bringing back, from various regions and countries, people desiring the going forth and the full ordination, thinking,12.1.2“bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī”ti.“The Buddha will ordain them.”12.1.3Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca.The monks became tired, as did those seeking ordination.
12.1.4Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—Then, while reflecting in private, the Buddha thought,12.1.5“etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—12.1.6‘bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī’ti.12.1.7Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca.12.1.8Yannūnāhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anujāneyyaṁ—“Why don’t I allow the monks12.1.9tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā”ti.to give the going forth and the full ordination right there in those various regions and countries?”
12.2.1PTS 1.22Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—In the evening, the Buddha came out from seclusion, gave a teaching, and told the monks what he had thought, adding:12.2.2“idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—12.2.3etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—12.2.4‘bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī’ti, Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca.
12.3.1Yannūnāhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anujāneyyaṁ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethāti, Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha.“I allow you to give the going forth and the full ordination in those various regions and countries.
12.3.2Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo—And, monks, it should be done like this.12.3.3Paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—First the candidate should shave off his hair and beard and put on ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this:
12.4.1‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,‘I go for refuge to the Buddha,12.4.2Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,I go for refuge to the Teaching,12.4.3Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.I go for refuge to the Sangha.
12.4.4Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha,12.4.5Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the second time, I go for refuge to the Teaching,12.4.6Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.For the second time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.
12.4.7Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha,12.4.8Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the third time, I go for refuge to the Teaching,12.4.9Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti.For the third time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.’
12.4.10Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṁ upasampadan”ti.You should give the going forth and the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges.”9
12.4.11Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā.The discussion of the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges is finished.
13.1.010. Dutiyamārakathā10. The second account of the Lord of Death
13.1.1Atha kho bhagavā vassaṁvuṭṭho bhikkhū āmantesi—When the Buddha had completed the rainy-season residence, he said to the monks,13.1.2“mayhaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā.“Through wise attention and wise right effort, I have reached the supreme freedom, realized the supreme freedom.13.1.3Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ sacchikarothā”ti.And you, monks, have done the same.”
13.2.1Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, went up to the Buddha and spoke to him in verse:
13.2.2“Baddhosi mārapāsehi,“You’re bound by the snares of the Lord of Death,13.2.3ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;Both human and divine.13.2.4Mahābandhanabaddhosi,You’re bound by the great bond:13.2.5na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti.You’re not free from me, monastic.”
13.2.6“Muttāhaṁ mārapāsehi,“I’m free from the snares of the Lord of Death,13.2.7Ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;Both human and divine.13.2.8Mahābandhanamuttomhi,I’m free from the great bond:13.2.9Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti.Terminator, you’re defeated!”
13.2.10Atha kho māro pāpimā—Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, thought,13.2.11“jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyi.“The Buddha knows me, the Happy One knows me,” and sad and miserable he disappeared right there.
13.2.12Dutiyamārakathā niṭṭhitā.The second account of the Lord of Death is finished.
14.1.011. Bhaddavaggiyavatthu11. The account of the fine group of people
14.1.1PTS 1.23Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.When the Buddha had stayed at Benares for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Uruvelā.14.1.2Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.At a certain point he left the road, entered a forest grove, and sat down at the foot of a tree.
14.1.3Tena kho pana samayena tiṁsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti.Just then a fine group of thirty friends and their wives were enjoying themselves in that forest grove.14.1.4Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi;Because one of them did not have a wife,14.1.5tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi.they had brought him a sex worker.14.1.6Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṁ ādāya palāyittha.While they were all carelessly enjoying themselves, that sex worker took that man’s possessions and ran away.14.2.1Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṁ karontā, taṁ itthiṁ gavesantā, taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ āhiṇḍantā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ.To help their friend, they all went searching for that woman. And as they walked about that forest grove, they saw the Buddha seated at the foot of a tree.14.2.2Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They approached him and said,14.2.3“api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṁ itthiṁ passeyyā”ti?“Sir, have you seen a woman by any chance?”
14.2.4“Kiṁ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā”ti?“But, young men, why look for a woman?”10
14.2.5“Idha mayaṁ, bhante, tiṁsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā.They told him what had happened.
14.2.6Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi;14.2.7tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi.14.2.8Atha kho sā, bhante, vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṁ ādāya palāyittha.14.2.9Te mayaṁ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṁ karontā, taṁ itthiṁ gavesantā, imaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ āhiṇḍāmā”ti.
14.3.1“Taṁ kiṁ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṁ nu kho tumhākaṁ varaṁ—“What do you think is better for you:14.3.2yaṁ vā tumhe itthiṁ gaveseyyātha, yaṁ vā attānaṁ gaveseyyāthā”ti?that you search for a woman, or that you search for yourselves?”
14.3.3“Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṁ varaṁ yaṁ mayaṁ attānaṁ gaveseyyāmā”ti.“It’s better that we search for ourselves.”
14.3.4“Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṁ vo desessāmī”ti.“Well then, sit down, and I’ll give you a teaching.”
14.3.5“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.Saying, “Yes, sir,” they bowed to the Buddha and sat down.
14.4.1Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—The Buddha then gave them a progressive talk—14.4.2dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.14.4.3Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ.When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.14.4.4Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,14.4.5evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:14.4.6“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
14.5.1PTS 1.24Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha,14.5.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”14.5.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.14.5.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”14.5.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of those venerables.
14.5.6Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṁ vatthu niṭṭhitaṁ.The account of the fine group of friends is finished.
14.5.7Dutiyabhāṇavāro.The second section for recitation is finished.
15.1.012. Uruvelapāṭihāriyakathā12. The account of the wonders at Uruvelā
15.1.1Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari.The Buddha continued his wandering and eventually arrived at Uruvelā.15.1.2Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṁ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti—At that time there were three dreadlocked ascetics living there:15.1.3uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti.Uruvelā Kassapa, Nadī Kassapa, and Gayā Kassapa.15.1.4Tesu uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho.Uruvelā Kassapa was the leader and chief of five hundred dreadlocked ascetics,15.1.5Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho.Nadī Kassapa of three hundred,15.1.6Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho.and Gayā Kassapa of two hundred.
15.2.1Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—The Buddha went to the hermitage of Uruvelā Kassapa and said to him,15.2.2“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti?“If it’s not inconvenient for you, Kassapa, may I stay for one night in your fire hut?”
15.2.3“Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.“It’s not inconvenient for me, Great Ascetic, but there’s a fierce and highly venomous dragon king with supernormal powers there. I don’t want it to harm you.”
15.2.4Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—The Buddha asked a second and a third time, and on both occasions Uruvelā Kassapa replied as before.15.2.5“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti?15.2.6“Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.
15.2.7Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—15.2.8“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti?15.2.9“Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.15.2.10“Appeva maṁ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṁ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāran”ti.The Buddha then said, “Perhaps it won’t harm me. Come on, Kassapa, let me to stay in the fire hut.”
15.2.11“Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukhan”ti.“Well then, do as you like.”
15.3.1Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṁ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.The Buddha entered the fire hut and prepared a spread of grass. He sat down, crossed his legs, straightened his body, and established mindfulness in front of him.
15.3.2Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṁ paviṭṭhaṁ, disvāna dummano padhūpāyi.When the dragon saw that the Buddha had entered, he was displeased and emitted smoke.15.3.3Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,15.3.4PTS 1.25“yannūnāhaṁ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyeyyan”ti.“Let me overpower this dragon, using fire against fire, but without harming it in the slightest way.”
15.4.1Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi.The Buddha then used his supernormal powers so that he, too, emitted smoke.15.4.2Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṁ asahamāno pajjali.The dragon, being unable to contain his rage, emitted flames.15.4.3Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā pajjali.The Buddha entered the fire element and he, too, emitted flames.15.4.4Ubhinnaṁ sajotibhūtānaṁ agyāgāraṁ ādittaṁ viya hoti sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ.With both of them emitting flames, it was as if the fire hut was ablaze and burning.15.4.5Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṁ parivāretvā evamāhaṁsu—Those dreadlocked ascetics gathered around the fire hut, saying,15.4.6“abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī”ti.“The Great Ascetic is handsome, but the dragon is harming him.”
15.5.1Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi—The next morning the Buddha had overcome that dragon, using fire against fire, but without harming it in the slightest way. He put it in his almsbowl and showed it to Uruvelā Kassapa:15.5.2“ayaṁ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo”ti.“Here is your dragon, Kassapa, his fire overpowered by fire.”
15.5.3Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,15.5.4“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty. Using fire against fire, he has overcome that fierce and highly venomous dragon king with its supernormal powers. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
15.6.1Nerañjarāyaṁ bhagavā,At the Nerañjara the Buddha said15.6.2Uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ avoca;To the dreadlocked ascetic Uruvelā Kassapa,15.6.3“Sace te kassapa agaru,“If it’s convenient for you, Kassapa,15.6.4Viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī”ti.May I stay for a night in your fire hut?”
15.6.5“Na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu,“It’s convenient for me, Great Ascetic,15.6.6Phāsukāmova taṁ nivāremi;But for your own good, I bar you.15.6.7Caṇḍettha nāgarājā,A fierce dragon king is there,15.6.8Iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso;Highly venomous, with supernormal powers:15.6.9So taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti.I don’t want it to harm you.”
15.6.10“Appeva maṁ na viheṭheyya,“Perhaps it won’t harm me. Come on, Kassapa,15.6.11Iṅgha tvaṁ kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāran”ti;Let me stay in the fire hut.”15.6.12Dinnanti naṁ viditvā,When he knew the answer was “Yes,”15.6.13Abhīto pāvisi bhayamatīto.He entered without fear.
15.6.14Disvā isiṁ paviṭṭhaṁ,Seeing the sage who had entered,15.6.15Ahināgo dummano padhūpāyi;The angry dragon emitted smoke.15.6.16Sumanamanaso adhimano,With a mind of good will,15.6.17Manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi.The Great Man, too, emitted smoke.
15.6.18Makkhañca asahamāno,Unable to contain his rage,15.6.19Ahināgo pāvakova pajjali;The dragon emitted fire.15.6.20Tejodhātusukusalo,Well-skilled in the fire element,15.6.21Manussanāgopi tattha pajjali.The Great Man, too, emitted fire.
15.6.22Ubhinnaṁ sajotibhūtānaṁ,With both of them emitting flames,15.6.23Agyāgāraṁ ādittaṁ hoti sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ;The fire hut was glowing and blazing.15.6.24Udicchare jaṭilā,Looking on, the dreadlocked ascetics said,15.6.25“Abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo;“He’s handsome, the Great Ascetic,15.6.26Nāgena viheṭhiyatī”ti bhaṇanti.But the dragon is harming him.”
15.7.1Atha tassā rattiyā accayena,Yet the following morning15.7.2Hatā nāgassa acciyo honti;The dragon’s flames were extinguished,15.7.3Iddhimato pana ṭhitā,While the One with supernormal powers15.7.4Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.Had flames of various colors.
15.7.5Nīlā atha lohitikā,Blue, red, and magenta,1115.7.6Mañjiṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo;Yellow, and the color of crystal:15.7.7Aṅgīrasassa kāye,Flames of various colors remained15.7.8Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.In the body of Aṅgīrasa.
15.7.9Pattamhi odahitvā,Putting the dragon in his bowl,15.7.10Ahināgaṁ brāhmaṇassa dassesi;He showed it to the brahmin:15.7.11“Ayaṁ te kassapa nāgo,“Here is your dragon, Kassapa,15.7.12Pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo”ti.His fire overpowered by fire.”
15.7.13Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—Because of this wonder of supernormal power, Uruvelā Kassapa gained confidence in the Buddha and said to him,15.7.14“idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṁ te dhuvabhattenā”ti.“Great Ascetic, please stay right here. I’ll supply you with food.”
15.7.15Paṭhamaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.The first wonder is finished.
16.1.1PTS 1.26Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.Soon afterwards the Buddha stayed in a forest grove not far from Uruvelā Kassapa’s hermitage.16.1.2Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṁsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā.Then, when the night was well advanced, the magnificent four great kings approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. They bowed down to the Buddha and stood at the four cardinal points, appearing like great bonfires.
16.2.1Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,16.2.2“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.16.2.3Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṁsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā”ti.And who was it that visited you last night?”
16.2.4“Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu dhammassavanāyā”ti.“That was the four great kings. They came to me to hear the Teaching.”
16.2.5Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,16.2.6“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even the four great kings go to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
16.2.7Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove.
16.2.8Dutiyaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.The second wonder is finished.
17.1.1Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.Once again when the night was well advanced, Sakka, the magnificent ruler of the gods, approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. He bowed down to the Buddha and stood up, appearing just like a great bonfire. But it was more splendid and sublime than the previous ones.
17.2.1Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,17.2.2“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.17.2.3Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?And who was it that visited you last night?”
17.2.4“Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā”ti.“That was Sakka, the ruler of the gods. He came to me to hear the Teaching.”
17.2.5Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,17.2.6PTS 1.27“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sakka, the ruler of gods, goes to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
17.2.7Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove.
17.2.8Tatiyaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.The third wonder is finished.
18.1.1Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca.Once again when the night was well advanced, Sahampati, the magnificent supreme being, approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. He bowed down to the Buddha and stood up, appearing just like a great bonfire. But it was even more splendid and sublime than the previous ones.
18.2.1Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,18.2.2“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.18.2.3Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti?And who was it that visited you last night?”
18.2.4“Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā”ti.“That was Sahampati, the supreme being. He came to me to hear the Teaching.”
18.2.5Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,18.2.6“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sahampati, the supreme being, goes to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
18.2.7Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove.
18.2.8Catutthaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.The fourth wonder is finished.
19.1.1Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti.At this time Uruvelā Kassapa was holding a great sacrifice, and the whole of Aṅga and Magadha wanted to attend with much food of various kinds.19.1.2Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa considered this19.1.3“etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamissanti.19.1.4Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati.and thought, “If the Great Ascetic performs a wonder of supernormal power for the great crowd, he’ll get more material support and honor, whereas I’ll get less.19.1.5Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā”ti.I hope he doesn’t come tomorrow.”
19.2.1PTS 1.28Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṁ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṁ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṁ akāsi.The Buddha read the mind of Uruvelā Kassapa. He then went to Uttarakuru, collected almsfood there, ate it at the Anotatta lake, and stayed there for the day’s meditation.
19.2.2Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,19.2.3“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.19.2.4Kiṁ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi?And why didn’t you come yesterday?19.2.5Api ca mayaṁ taṁ sarāma—We did think of you19.2.6kiṁ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti?19.2.7Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso ṭhapito”ti.and set aside a share of various kinds of food.”
19.3.1“Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi—“But, Kassapa, didn’t you think,19.3.2‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’ti.‘I hope he doesn’t come tomorrow’?19.4.1So kho ahaṁ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṁ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṁ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṁ akāsin”ti.Because I read your mind, I went to Uttarakuru, collected almsfood there, ate it at the Anotatta lake, and stayed there for the day’s meditation.”
19.4.2Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,19.4.3“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṁ pajānissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can read the minds of others. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
19.4.4Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove.
19.4.5Pañcamaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ.The fifth wonder is finished.
20.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṁsukūlaṁ uppannaṁ hoti.Soon afterwards the Buddha got a rag20.1.2Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—and he thought,20.1.3“kattha nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ dhoveyyan”ti?“Where can I wash it?”20.1.4Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṁ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—Reading the Buddha’s mind, Sakka dug a pond with his hand. And he said to the Buddha,20.1.5“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ dhovatū”ti.“Sir, please wash it here.”
20.1.6Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,20.1.7“kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan”ti?“Where can I beat it?”20.1.8Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—Reading the Buddha’s mind once again, Sakka placed a boulder there. And he said to the Buddha,20.1.9“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddatū”ti.“Sir, please beat it here.”
20.2.1Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,20.2.2“kimhi nu kho ahaṁ ālambitvā uttareyyan”ti?“What can I hold onto to get out of this pond?”20.2.3Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṁ onāmesi—A god living in an arjun tree read the Buddha’s mind. She then bent down a branch and said to the Buddha,20.2.4PTS 1.29“idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū”ti.“Sir, please come out by holding onto this.”
20.2.5Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,20.2.6“kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjeyyan”ti?“Where can I dry this rag?”20.2.7Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—Reading the Buddha’s mind yet again, Sakka placed another boulder there. And he said to the Buddha,20.2.8“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjetū”ti.“Sir, please dry it here.”
20.3.1Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,20.3.2“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.20.3.3Kiṁ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṁ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṁ idha pokkharaṇī.But what’s going on? There was no pond here before, but now there is.20.3.4Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā.These boulders were not here before.20.3.5Kenimā silā upanikkhittā?Who placed them here?20.3.6Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṁ sākhā onatā”ti.And this arjun tree didn’t have a bent branch, but now it does.”
20.4.1“Idha me, kassapa, paṁsukūlaṁ uppannaṁ ahosi.20.4.2Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—20.4.3‘kattha nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ dhoveyyan’ti?20.4.4Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṁ khaṇitvā maṁ etadavoca—20.4.5‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ dhovatū’ti.20.4.6Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī.20.4.7Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—20.4.8‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan’ti?20.4.9Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—20.4.10‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddatū’ti.20.4.11Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena upanikkhittā silā.20.5.1Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—20.5.2‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ ālambitvā uttareyyan’ti?20.5.3Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṁ onāmesi—20.5.4‘idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū’ti.20.5.5Svāyaṁ āharahattho kakudho.20.5.6Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—20.5.7‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjeyyan’ti?20.5.8Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—20.5.9‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjetū’ti.20.5.10Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena upanikkhittā silā”
20.6.1Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—When the Buddha told him what had happened, Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.6.2“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṁ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sakka, the ruler of the gods, performs services for him. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.6.3Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove.
20.7.1PTS 1.30Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,20.7.2“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.”
20.7.3“Gaccha tvaṁ, kassapa, āyāmahan”ti uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā “jambudīpo” paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi.“You just go ahead, Kassapa, I’ll come.” After dismissing him, he took a fruit from a rose-apple tree—the tree after which the Rose-apple Land of India is named—and then arrived first in the fire hut where he sat down.
20.8.1Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ agyāgāre nisinnaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—When Uruvelā Kassapa saw the Buddha sitting there, he said to him,20.8.2“katamena tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato?“Which path did you take?20.8.3Ahaṁ tayā paṭhamataraṁ pakkanto, so tvaṁ paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno”ti.I left first, but you’re already here.”
20.9.1“Idhāhaṁ, kassapa, taṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno.The Buddha told him what he had done and added,20.9.2Idaṁ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṁ vaṇṇasampannaṁ gandhasampannaṁ rasasampannaṁ.“This rose apple has a good color, and it’s fragrant and delicious, too.20.9.3Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā”ti.You can have it, if you wish.”
20.9.4“Alaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṁyeva taṁ arahasi, tvaṁyeva taṁ paribhuñjāhī”ti.“There’s no need. You deserve it and you should have it.”
20.9.5Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.9.6“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṁ paṭhamataraṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he dismissed me, then took a fruit from a rose-apple tree, and still arrived first in the fire hut. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.9.7Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove.
20.10.1Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi—The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said,20.10.2“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.”
20.10.3“Gaccha tvaṁ, kassapa, āyāmahan”ti uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā “jambudīpo” paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo …pe…“You just go ahead, Kassapa, I’ll come.” After dismissing him, he took a fruit from a mango tree not far from the rose-apple tree …20.10.4tassā avidūre āmalakī …pe…he took a fruit from an emblic myrobalan tree not far from the mango tree …20.10.5tassā avidūre harītakī …pe…he took a fruit from a chebulic myrobalan tree not far from the emblic myrobalan tree …20.10.6tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi.he went to Tāvatiṁsa heaven, took a flower from an orchid tree, and then arrived first in the fire hut where he sat down.12
20.10.7Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ agyāgāre nisinnaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—When Uruvelā Kassapa saw the Buddha sitting there, he said to him,20.10.8“katamena tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato?“Which path did you take?20.10.9Ahaṁ tayā paṭhamataraṁ pakkanto, so tvaṁ paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno”ti.I left first, but you’re already here.”
20.11.1“Idhāhaṁ, kassapa, taṁ uyyojetvā tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno.The Buddha told him what he had done, and added,20.11.2Idaṁ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṁ vaṇṇasampannaṁ gandhasampannaṁ.“This orchid tree flower is colorful and fragrant.20.11.3Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā”ti.You can have it, if you wish.”
20.11.4PTS 1.31“Alaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṁyeva taṁ arahasi, tvaṁyeva taṁ gaṇhā”ti.“There’s no need. You deserve it and you should have it.”
20.11.5Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.11.6“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṁ paṭhamataraṁ uyyojetvā tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he dismissed me, then went to Tāvatiṁsa heaven, took an orchid tree flower, and still arrived first in the fire hut. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.12.1Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṁ.Soon afterwards those dreadlocked ascetics wanted to tend the sacred fire, but were unable to split the logs.20.12.2Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—They thought,20.12.3“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletun”ti.“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.”
20.12.4Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa,20.12.5“phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī”ti.“May the logs be split, Kassapa.”
20.12.6“Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti.“Yes, may they,” he replied.20.12.7Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṁsu.And five hundred logs were split all at once.
20.12.8Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.12.9“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can split logs just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.13.1Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṁ ujjaletuṁ.Those ascetics still wanted to tend the sacred fire, but were unable to light it.20.13.2Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—They thought,20.13.3“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma aggiṁ ujjaletun”ti.“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.”
20.13.4Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa,20.13.5“ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī”ti.“May the fires be lit, Kassapa.”
20.13.6“Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti.“Yes, may they,” he replied.20.13.7Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṁsu.And five hundred fires were lit all at once.
20.13.8Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.13.9“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can light fires just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.14.1Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṁ vijjhāpetuṁ.When those ascetics had tended the sacred fires, they were unable to extinguish them.20.14.2Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—They thought,20.14.3“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma aggiṁ vijjhāpetun”ti.“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.”
20.14.4Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa,20.14.5“vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī”ti.“May the fires be extinguished, Kassapa.”
20.14.6“Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti.“Yes, may they,” he replied.20.14.7Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṁsu.And the five hundred fires were extinguished all at once.
20.14.8Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.14.9“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can extinguish fires just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.15.1Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti.At that time it was midwinter, with cold days and snow. During this period those ascetics emerged from the Nerañjara river, immersed themselves in it, and repeatedly emerged and immersed themselves.
20.15.2Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṁ.Then the Buddha manifested five hundred pans with hot coals, where those ascetics could warm themselves after coming out of the water.20.15.3PTS 1.32Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—They thought,20.15.4“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā”ti.“These were no doubt created by the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.”
20.15.5Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.15.6“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can manifest so many pans with hot coals. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.16.1Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi.Soon afterwards an unseasonal storm poured down, producing a great flood.20.16.2Yasmiṁ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo hoti.The spot where the Buddha was staying was inundated.1320.16.3Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—The Buddha thought,20.16.4“yannūnāhaṁ samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyyan”ti.“Why don’t I drive back the water on all sides and walk on the dry ground in the middle?”20.16.5Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami.And he did.
20.16.6Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.16.7“mā heva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosī”ti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṁ yasmiṁ padese bhagavā viharati taṁ padesaṁ agamāsi.“I hope the Great Ascetic hasn’t been swept away by the water.” Together with a number of ascetics he went by boat to where the Buddha was staying.20.16.8Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—He saw that the Buddha had driven back the water on all sides and was walking on the dry ground in the middle. And he said to the Buddha,20.16.9“idaṁ nu tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇā”ti?“Is that you, Great Ascetic?”
20.16.10“Ayamahamasmi, kassapā”ti“It’s me, Kassapa.”
20.16.11bhagavā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi.The Buddha rose up into the air and landed in the boat.1420.16.12Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—Uruvelā Kassapa thought,20.16.13“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti.“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can displace the water. But he’s not a perfected one like me.”
20.17.1Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—Then the Buddha thought,20.17.2“cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṁ bhavissati—“For a long time this foolish man has thought,20.17.3‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan’ti;‘The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, but he’s not a perfected one like me.’20.17.4yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ jaṭilaṁ saṁvejeyyan”ti.Let me stir him up.”20.17.5Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—And he said to Uruvelā Kassapa,20.17.6“neva ca kho tvaṁ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno.“Kassapa, you’re not a perfected one or on the path to perfection.20.17.7Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṁ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpanno”ti.You don’t have the practice that might make you a perfected one or one on the path to perfection.”
20.17.8Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—At that Uruvelā Kassapa bowed down with his head at the Buddha’s feet and said,20.17.9“labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.”
20.18.1“Tvaṁ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho.“Kassapa, you’re the leader and chief of five hundred dreadlocked ascetics.20.18.2Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantī”ti.Tell them first, so that they may take appropriate action.”
20.18.3Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca—Uruvelā Kassapa then went to those ascetics and said,20.18.4PTS 1.33“icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū”ti.“I wish to practice the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic. Please do whatever you think is appropriate.”
20.18.5“Cirapaṭikā mayaṁ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṁ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissati, sabbeva mayaṁ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissāmā”ti.“Sir, we’ve had confidence in the Great Ascetic for a long time. If you are to practice the spiritual life under him, so will all of us.”
20.19.1Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying poles and bundles, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their heads at his feet and said,1520.19.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”
20.19.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.20.19.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”20.19.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.And that was the full ordination of those venerables.
20.20.1Addasā kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi—Nadī Kassapa saw those things being carried away by the water, and he thought,20.20.2“mā heva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī”ti.“I hope my brother is okay.”20.20.3Jaṭile pāhesi—He dispatched his ascetics, saying,20.20.4“gacchatha me bhātaraṁ jānāthā”ti.“Go and check on my brother.”20.20.5Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ etadavoca—Together with the three hundred ascetics he then went to Uruvelā Kassapa and said,20.20.6“idaṁ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo”ti?“Is this better, Kassapa?”
20.20.7“Āmāvuso, idaṁ seyyo”ti.“Yes, this is better.”
20.21.1Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying poles and bundles, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their heads at his feet and said,20.21.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”
20.21.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.20.21.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”20.21.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.And that was the full ordination of those venerables.
20.22.1Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi—Gayā Kassapa saw those things being carried away by the water, and he thought,20.22.2“mā heva me bhātūnaṁ upasaggo ahosī”ti.“I hope my brothers are okay.”20.22.3Jaṭile pāhesi—He dispatched his ascetics, saying,20.22.4“gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthā”ti.“Go and check on my brothers.”20.22.5Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ etadavoca—Together with the two hundred ascetics he then went to Uruvelā Kassapa and said,20.22.6“idaṁ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo”ti?“Is this better, Kassapa?”
20.22.7“Āmāvuso, idaṁ seyyo”ti.“Yes, this is better.”
20.23.1PTS 1.34Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying poles and bundles, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their heads at his feet and said,20.23.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”
20.23.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.20.23.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”20.23.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.And that was the full ordination of those venerables.
20.24.1Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṁsu, phāliyiṁsu;By an act of supernormal determination the Buddha stopped five hundred logs from being split before splitting them;20.24.2aggī na ujjaliyiṁsu, ujjaliyiṁsu;he stopped fires from being lit before lighting them;20.24.3na vijjhāyiṁsu, vijjhāyiṁsu;he stopped them from being extinguished before extinguishing them;20.24.4pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini.and he manifested five hundred pans with hot coals.20.24.5Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti.In this way, there were three and a half thousand wonders.
21.1.1Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṁ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi.After staying at Uruvelā for as long as he liked, the Buddha went to Gayāsīsa together with that large sangha of one thousand monks, all of them previously dreadlocked ascetics,21.1.2Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena.and they stayed there.
21.2.1Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—Then the Buddha addressed the monks:
21.2.2“Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ.“Everything is burning.21.2.3Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ ādittaṁ?What is that everything that is burning?21.2.4Cakkhu ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.The eye is burning. Sights are burning. Eye consciousness is burning. Eye contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of eye contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning.21.2.5Kena ādittaṁ?Burning with what?21.2.6Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say.
21.3.1Sotaṁ ādittaṁ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.The ear is burning. Sounds are burning. Ear consciousness is burning. Ear contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of ear contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning.21.3.2Kena ādittaṁ?Burning with what?21.3.3Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say.
21.3.4Ghānaṁ ādittaṁ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.The nose is burning. Smells are burning. Nose consciousness is burning. Nose contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of nose contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning.21.3.5Kena ādittaṁ?Burning with what?21.3.6Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say.
21.3.7Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.The tongue is burning. Tastes are burning. Tongue consciousness is burning. Tongue contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of tongue contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning.21.3.8Kena ādittaṁ?Burning with what?21.3.9Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say.
21.3.10Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.The body is burning. Touches are burning. Body consciousness is burning. Body contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of body contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning.21.3.11Kena ādittaṁ?Burning with what?21.3.12Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say.
21.3.13Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.The mind is burning. Mental phenomena are burning. Mind consciousness is burning. Mind contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of mind contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning.21.3.14Kena ādittaṁ?Burning with what?21.3.15Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say.
21.4.1Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati.When they see this, the learned noble disciple is repelled by the eye, repelled by sights, repelled by eye consciousness, repelled by eye contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of eye contact.
21.4.2Sotasmimpi nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati …pe…They are repelled by the ear, repelled by sounds, repelled by ear consciousness, repelled by ear contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of ear contact.
21.4.3PTS 1.35ghānasmimpi nibbindati, gandhesupi nibbindati …pe…They are repelled by the nose, repelled by smells, repelled by nose consciousness, repelled by nose contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of nose contact.
21.4.4jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati …pe…They are repelled by the tongue, repelled by tastes, repelled by tongue consciousness, repelled by tongue contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of tongue contact.
21.4.5kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati …pe…They are repelled by the body, repelled by touches, repelled by body consciousness, repelled by body contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of body contact.
21.4.6manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati,They are repelled by the mind, repelled by mental phenomena, repelled by mind consciousness, repelled by mind contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling that arises because of mind contact.
21.4.7nibbindaṁ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti.Being repelled, they become desireless. Because they are desireless, they are freed. When they are freed, they know they are freed.21.4.8Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānātī”ti.They understand that birth has come to an end, that the spiritual life has been fulfilled, that the job has been done, that there is no further state of existence.”
21.4.9Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.And while this exposition was being spoken, the minds of those one thousand monks were freed from the corruptions through letting go.
21.4.10Ādittapariyāyasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.The discourse on burning is finished.
21.4.11Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṁ tatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.The third section for recitation on the wonders at Uruvelā is finished.
22.1.013. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā13. The account of the meeting with Bimbisāra
22.1.1Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi.After staying at Gayāsīsa for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Rājagaha with that large sangha of one thousand monks, all of them previously dreadlocked ascetics.22.1.2Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari.When he eventually arrived,22.1.3Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye.he stayed in Cane Grove at the Suppatiṭṭha Shrine.
22.2.1Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro—King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha was told:22.2.2“samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṁ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye.“Sir, the ascetic Gotama, the Sakyan, who has gone forth from the Sakyan clan, has arrived at Rājagaha and is staying in the Cane Grove at the Suppatiṭṭha Shrine.22.2.3Taṁ kho pana bhagavantaṁ gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato—That good Gotama has a fine reputation:
22.2.4itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.‘He is a Buddha, perfected and fully awakened, complete in insight and conduct, happy, knower of the world, supreme leader of trainable people, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, a Buddha.22.2.5So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.With his own insight he has seen this world with its gods, its lords of death, and its supreme beings, this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans, and he makes it known to others.22.2.6So dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti.He has a Teaching that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end. It has a true goal and is well articulated. He sets out a perfectly complete and pure spiritual life.’22.2.7Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṁ arahataṁ dassanaṁ hotī”ti.It’s good to see such perfected ones.”
22.3.1Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.Then, accompanied by one hundred and twenty thousand brahmin householders from Magadha, King Bimbisāra went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down.22.3.2PTS 1.36Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.Among those brahmins, some bowed to the Buddha and then sat down, some exchanged pleasantries with him and then sat down, some raised their joined palms and then sat down, some announced their name and family and then sat down, and some sat down in silence.22.4.1Atha kho tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ etadahosi—They thought,22.4.2“kiṁ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṁ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ caratī”ti?“Is the Great Ascetic practicing the spiritual life under Uruvelā Kassapa, or is Uruvelā Kassapa practicing the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic?”
22.4.3Atha kho bhagavā tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—Reading their minds, the Buddha spoke to Venerable Uruvelā Kassapa in verse:
22.4.4“Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi,“The resident of Uruvelā, <j>known as The Emaciated One—22.4.5Pahāsi aggiṁ kisakovadāno;What did he see that he abandoned the fire?22.4.6Pucchāmi taṁ kassapa etamatthaṁ,Kassapa, I ask you this:22.4.7Kathaṁ pahīnaṁ tava aggihuttan”ti.Why did you abandon the fire worship?”
22.4.8“Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca,“As a reward for the sacrifice, <j>they promise worldly pleasures:22.4.9Kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā;Sights, sounds, and tastes, and women, too.1622.4.10Etaṁ malanti upadhīsu ñatvā,But knowing the stain of ownership,22.4.11Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin”ti.I found no delight in worship and sacrifice.”
22.5.1“Ettheva te mano na ramittha,“So your mind didn’t delight there—22.5.2(kassapāti bhagavā)22.5.3Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu;In sights, sounds, or tastes.22.5.4Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke,What then, in the world of gods and humans,22.5.5Rato mano kassapa brūhi metan”ti.Does your mind delight in? Tell me this, Kassapa.”
22.5.6“Disvā padaṁ santamanūpadhīkaṁ,“I saw the state of peace <j>that is detached from sensual existence,22.5.7Akiñcanaṁ kāmabhave asattaṁ;Where there is nothing and no ownership;22.5.8Anaññathābhāvimanaññaneyyaṁ,It doesn’t change, <j>and can’t be found through another.1722.5.9Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin”ti.That’s why I found no delight <j>in worship and sacrifice.”
22.6.1Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—Uruvelā Kassapa got up from his seat, arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, bowed down with his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said,22.6.2“satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi;“Sir, you’re my teacher, I’m your disciple;22.6.3satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī”ti.you’re my teacher, I’m your disciple.”
22.6.4Atha kho tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ etadahosi—The one hundred and twenty thousand brahmin householders from Magadha thought,22.6.5“uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ caratī”ti.“So Uruvelā Kassapa is practicing the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic.”22.7.1PTS 1.37Atha kho bhagavā tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—Reading their minds, the Buddha gave them a progressive talk—22.7.2dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi.on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the downside, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation.22.7.3Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi—When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas:22.7.4dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ.suffering, its origin, its end, and the path.22.8.1Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya;And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly,22.8.2evameva ekādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ bimbisārappamukhānaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—so too, while they were sitting right there, one hundred and ten thousand of those brahmin householders headed by Bimbisāra experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:22.8.3“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”22.8.4Ekanahutaṁ upāsakattaṁ paṭivedesi.The remaining ten thousand declared themselves as lay followers.
22.9.1Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—King Bimbisāra had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. He then said to the Buddha,22.9.2“pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṁ, te me etarahi samiddhā.“Sir, when I was a prince, I had five wishes, and they have now been fulfilled.22.9.3Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi—When I was a prince, I thought,22.9.4‘aho vata maṁ rajje abhisiñceyyun’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho.‘Oh, I wish they would anoint me as the king!’ That was my first wish, which has now been fulfilled.22.9.5‘Tassa ca me vijitaṁ arahaṁ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho.‘May one who is perfected and fully awakened come to my kingdom!’ That was my second wish, which has now been fulfilled.22.10.1‘Tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyan’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho.‘May I get to visit that Buddha!’ That was my third wish, which has now been fulfilled.22.10.2‘So ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ deseyyā’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho.‘May that Buddha give me a teaching!’ That was my fourth wish, which has now been fulfilled.22.10.3‘Tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ ājāneyyan’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho.‘May I understand the Teaching of that Buddha!’ That was my fifth wish, which has now been fulfilled.22.10.4Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṁ, te me etarahi samiddhā.22.11.1Abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante.Wonderful, sir, wonderful!22.11.2Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya—‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti;Just as one might set upright what’s overturned, or reveal what’s hidden, or show the way to one who’s lost, or bring a lamp into the dark so that one with eyes might see what’s there—22.11.3evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.just so has the Buddha made the Teaching clear in many ways.22.11.4Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca.I go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks.22.11.5PTS 1.38Upāsakaṁ maṁ, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gataṁ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā, svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.Please accept me as a lay follower who’s gone for refuge for life. And please accept tomorrow’s meal from me together with the Sangha of monks.”22.11.6Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.The Buddha consented by remaining silent.22.12.1Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the king got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left.
22.12.2Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi—The following morning King Bimbisāra had various kinds of fine foods prepared. He then had the Buddha informed22.12.3“kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.that the meal was ready.
22.12.4Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi.The Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and together with a large sangha of a thousand monks, all previously dreadlocked ascetics, he entered Rājagaha.22.13.1Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno—Just then Sakka, the ruler of the gods, had transformed himself into a young brahmin. He walked in front of the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha, chanting these verses:
22.13.2“Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi,“The Tamed One with the tamed ones, <j>previously dreadlocked;22.13.3Vippamutto vippamuttehi;The Liberated One with the liberated ones:22.13.4Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo,Golden in color,22.13.5Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.The Buddha entered Rājagaha.
22.13.6Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi,The Freed One with the freed ones, <j>previously dreadlocked;22.13.7Vippamutto vippamuttehi;The Liberated One with the liberated ones:22.13.8Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo,Golden in color,22.13.9Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.The Buddha entered Rājagaha.
22.13.10Tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi,The One Crossed Over with the ones crossed over, <j>previously dreadlocked;22.13.11Vippamutto vippamuttehi;The Liberated One with the liberated ones:22.13.12Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo,Golden in color,22.13.13Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.The Buddha entered Rājagaha.
22.13.14Santo santehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi,The Peaceful One with the peaceful ones, <j>previously dreadlocked;22.13.15Vippamutto vippamuttehi;The Liberated One with the liberated ones:22.13.16Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo,Golden in color,22.13.17Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā.The Buddha entered Rājagaha.
22.13.18Dasavāso dasabalo,He has ten abidings and ten powers;22.13.19Dasadhammavidū dasabhi cupeto;He knows ten truths and has ten qualities—22.13.20So dasasataparivāro,With a following of ten times one hundred,22.13.21Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā”ti.The Buddha entered Rājagaha.”
22.14.1Manussā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ passitvā evamāhaṁsu—People saw Sakka, and they said,22.14.2“abhirūpo vatāyaṁ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṁ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṁ māṇavako.“This young brahmin is handsome and graceful.22.14.3Kassa nu kho ayaṁ māṇavako”ti?Who is he?”22.14.4Evaṁ vutte, sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—Sakka replied to them in verse:
22.14.5“Yo dhīro sabbadhi danto,“Unwavering and tamed in all respects,22.14.6suddho appaṭipuggalo;Purified, perfected, and without equal;22.14.7Arahaṁ sugato loke,The one in the world who is happy—22.14.8tassāhaṁ paricārako”ti.I’m his servant.”
22.15.1Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena.The Buddha then went to King Bimbisāra’s house where he sat down on the prepared seat, together with the Sangha of monks.22.15.2Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.The king personally served various kinds of fine foods to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. When the Buddha had finished his meal, the king sat down to one side.22.16.1PTS 1.39Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi—And he thought,22.16.2“kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya?“Where will the Buddha stay22.16.3Yaṁ assa gāmato neva atidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṁ, atthikānaṁ atthikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamanīyaṁ, divā appākiṇṇaṁ, rattiṁ appasaddaṁ appanigghosaṁ vijanavātaṁ, manussarāhasseyyakaṁ, paṭisallānasāruppan”ti.that’s neither too far from habitation nor too close, that has good access roads and is easily accessible for people who seek him, that has few people during the day and is quiet at night, that’s free from chatter and offers solitude, a private resting place suitable for seclusion?”22.17.1Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi—And it occurred to him,22.17.2“idaṁ kho amhākaṁ veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ gāmato neva atidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṁ atthikānaṁ atthikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamanīyaṁ divā appākiṇṇaṁ rattiṁ appasaddaṁ appanigghosaṁ vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ.“My Bamboo Grove park has all these qualities.22.17.3Yannūnāhaṁ veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyyan”ti.Why don’t I give it to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha?”
22.18.1Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṁ bhiṅkāraṁ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi—The king then took hold of a golden ceremonial vessel and dedicated the park to the Buddha, saying,22.18.2“etāhaṁ, bhante, veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī”ti.“I give this park, the Bamboo Grove, to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha.”22.18.3Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṁ.The Buddha accepted the park.22.18.4Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.After instructing, inspiring, and gladdening the king with a teaching, he got up from his seat and left.22.18.5Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
22.18.6“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāman”ti.“I allow monasteries.”18
22.18.7Bimbisārasamāgamakathā niṭṭhitā.The account of the meeting with Bimbisāra is finished.
23.1.014. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā14. The account of the going forth of Sāriputta and Moggallāna
23.1.1Tena kho pana samayena sañcayo paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi.At that time the wanderer Sañcaya was staying at Rājagaha with a large group of two hundred and fifty wanderers,23.1.2Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṁ caranti.including Sāriputta and Moggallāna.23.1.3Tehi katikā katā hoti—The two of them had made an agreement23.1.4“yo paṭhamaṁ amataṁ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetū”ti.that whoever reached freedom from death first would inform the other.
23.2.1Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno.Just then, Venerable Assaji robed up in the morning, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for almsfood. He was pleasing in his conduct: in going out and coming back, in looking ahead and looking aside, in bending and stretching his arms. His eyes were lowered, and he was perfect in deportment.23.2.2Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṁ iriyāpathasampannaṁ.The wanderer Sāriputta observed all this23.2.3Disvānassa etadahosi—and thought,23.2.4“ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ayaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhu aññataro.“This monk is one of those in the world who are perfected or on the path to perfection.23.2.5PTS 1.40Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṁ—Why don’t I go up to him and ask23.2.6‘kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’”ti?in whose name he has gone forth, and who his teacher is or whose teachings he follows?”23.3.1Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi—But it occurred to him,23.3.2“akālo kho imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchituṁ, antaragharaṁ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati.“It’s the wrong time to ask him while he’s walking for almsfood among the houses.23.3.3Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṁ, atthikehi upaññātaṁ maggan”ti.Let me follow behind him, for one who seeks the path will find it.”
23.3.4Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṁ ādāya paṭikkami.After walking for alms in Rājagaha, Assaji turned back with his almsfood.23.3.5Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.Sāriputta then went up to him and exchanged pleasantries with him.23.3.6Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca—And he asked,23.3.7“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.“Venerable, your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright.23.3.8Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī”ti?In whose name have you gone forth? Who is your teacher or whose teaching do you follow?”
23.4.1“Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī”ti.“There’s a great ascetic, a Sakyan who has gone forth from the Sakyan clan. I’ve gone forth in his name, he’s my teacher, and I follow his teaching.”
23.4.2“Kiṁvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī”ti?“But what does he teach?”
23.4.3“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṁ desetuṁ, api ca te saṅkhittena atthaṁ vakkhāmī”ti.“I’ve only recently gone forth; I’m new to this spiritual path. I’m not able to give you the Teaching in full, but I can tell you the meaning in brief.”
23.4.4Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca—Sāriputta replied,23.4.5“hotu, āvuso—“Yes, please,” and he added:
23.4.6Appaṁ vā bahuṁ vā bhāsassu,“Speak little or much,23.4.7Atthaṁyeva me brūhi;But do tell me the meaning.23.4.8Attheneva me attho,I just want the meaning,23.4.9Kiṁ kāhasi byañjanaṁ bahun”ti.For what’s the point of a detailed exposition?”
23.5.1Atha kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi—And Assaji gave this teaching to the wanderer Sāriputta:
23.5.2“Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā,“Of causally arisen things,23.5.3Tesaṁ hetuṁ tathāgato āha;The Buddha has declared their cause,23.5.4Tesañca yo nirodho,As well as their ending.23.5.5Evaṁvādī mahāsamaṇo”ti.This is the teaching of the Great Ascetic.”
23.5.6Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—When he had heard this teaching, Sāriputta experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:23.5.7“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
23.5.8“Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva,“Now this is the truth, even just this much—23.5.9Paccabyattha padamasokaṁ;The sorrowless state that you have penetrated,1923.5.10Adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ,Unseen and neglected23.5.11Bahukehi kappanahutehī”ti.For innumerable eons.”
23.6.1Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami.Then the wanderer Sāriputta went to the wanderer Moggallāna.23.6.2PTS 1.41Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca—When Moggallāna saw him coming, he said to Sāriputta,23.6.3“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.“Your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright.23.6.4Kacci no tvaṁ, āvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti?You haven’t attained freedom from death, have you?”
23.6.5“Āmāvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti.“I have.”
23.6.6“Yathākathaṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti?“But how did it happen?”
23.7.1“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, addasaṁ assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṁ iriyāpathasampannaṁ.
23.7.2Disvāna me etadahosi—23.7.3‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ayaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhu aññataro.23.7.4Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṁ—23.7.5kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti.23.8.1Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi—23.8.2‘akālo kho imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchituṁ antaragharaṁ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṁ atthikehi upaññātaṁ maggan’ti.23.8.3Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṁ ādāya paṭikkami.23.8.4Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṁ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṁ sammodiṁ, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ.23.8.5Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, āvuso, assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—23.8.6‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.23.9.1Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti?23.9.2‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī’ti.23.9.3‘Kiṁvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī’ti.23.9.4‘Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṁ desetuṁ, api ca te saṅkhittena atthaṁ vakkhāmī’ti.23.9.5Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—23.9.6‘hotu, āvuso,
23.9.7Appaṁ vā bahuṁ vā bhāsassu,23.9.8Atthaṁyeva me brūhi;23.9.9Attheneva me attho,23.9.10Kiṁ kāhasi byañjanaṁ bahun’ti.
23.10.1Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi—
23.10.2‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā,23.10.3Tesaṁ hetuṁ tathāgato āha;23.10.4Tesañca yo nirodho,23.10.5Evaṁvādī mahāsamaṇo’”ti.
23.10.6PTS 1.42Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—Sāriputta told him everything up to and including the teaching given by Assaji. When he had heard this teaching, Moggallāna experienced the stainless vision of the Truth:23.10.7“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhammanti.“Anything that has a beginning has an end.”
23.10.8Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva,“Now this is the truth, even just this much—23.10.9Paccabyattha padamasokaṁ;The sorrowless state that you have penetrated,23.10.10Adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ,Unseen and neglected23.10.11Bahukehi kappanahutehī”ti.For innumerable eons.”
24.1.1Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca—Moggallāna said to Sāriputta,24.1.2“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.“Let’s go to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.”
24.1.3“Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema.“But these two hundred and fifty wanderers look to us for support. We must tell them first,24.1.4Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī”ti.so that they may take appropriate action.”24.1.5Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā te paribbājake etadavocuṁ—And they went to those wanderers and said,24.1.6“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.“We’re going over to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.”
24.1.7“Mayaṁ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṁ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissāmā”ti.“But we look to you for support. If you are to practice the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic, so will all of us.”
24.2.1Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavocuṁ—Then Sāriputta and Moggallāna went to Sañcaya and said,24.2.2“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.“We’re going over to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.”
24.2.3“Alaṁ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharissāmā”ti.“Don’t go! The three of us can look after this community together.”
24.2.4Dutiyampi kho …pe…Sāriputta and Moggallāna said the same thing a second time24.2.5tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā sañcayaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavocuṁ—and a third time,24.2.6“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti.24.2.7“Alaṁ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharissāmā”ti.and they got the same reply.24.3.1Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu.They then took those two hundred and fifty wanderers and went to the Bamboo Grove.24.3.2Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggañchi.But the wanderer Sañcaya vomited hot blood right there.
24.3.3Addasā kho bhagavā sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—When the Buddha saw Sāriputta and Moggallāna coming, he said to the monks,24.3.4“ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca.“The two friends Kolita and Upatissa are coming.24.3.5Etaṁ me sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati aggaṁ bhaddayugan”ti.They will become my most eminent disciples, an excellent pair.”
24.3.6Gambhīre ñāṇavisaye,They had not even reached the Bamboo Grove,24.3.7Anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye;Yet had a profound range of knowledge,24.3.8Vimutte appatte veḷuvanaṁ,About the supreme end of ownership, <j>about freedom.24.3.9Atha ne satthā byākāsi.And the Teacher said of them:
24.3.10“Ete dve sahāyakā,“These two friends are coming,24.3.11Āgacchanti kolito upatisso ca;Kolita and Upatissa.24.3.12Etaṁ me sāvakayugaṁ,They will be an excellent pair,24.3.13Bhavissati aggaṁ bhaddayugan”ti.My most eminent disciples.”
24.4.1PTS 1.43Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—Sāriputta and Moggallāna approached the Buddha, bowed down with their heads at his feet, and said,24.4.2“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti.“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.”24.4.3“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—The Buddha said, “Come, monks.24.4.4“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”24.4.5Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi.That was the full ordination of those venerables.
24.5.014.1. AbhiññātānaṁpabbajjāThe going forth of the well-known
24.5.1Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caranti.At that time many well-known gentlemen from Magadha were practicing the spiritual life under the Buddha.24.5.2Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,24.5.3“aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṁ pabbājitaṁ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni pabbājitāni.“The ascetic Gotama is making us childless; he’s making us widows. He’s breaking up respectable families! A thousand dreadlocked ascetics have now gone forth because of him, and also these two hundred and fifty wanderers who were disciples of Sañcaya.24.5.4Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti.All these well-known gentlemen from Magadha are practicing the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama.”24.5.5Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti—And when they saw monks, they confronted them with this verse:20
24.5.6“Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo,“The Great Ascetic has arrived24.5.7māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ;At Giribbaja in Magadha.24.5.8Sabbe sañcaye netvāna,After leading away all of Sañcaya’s disciples,24.5.9kaṁsu dāni nayissatī”ti.Who will he lead away next?”
24.6.1Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard the complaints of those people24.6.2Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…and they told the Buddha. …24.6.3“na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṁ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati.“The complaining will soon stop. It will only go on for seven days.24.6.4Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti—Still, when people confront you like this, you can confront them in return with this verse:
24.6.5‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo,24.6.6māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ;24.6.7Sabbe sañcaye netvāna,24.6.8kaṁsu dāni nayissatī’ti.
24.6.9Te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha—
24.6.10‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā,‘Indeed, the Great Heroes, the Buddhas,24.6.11saddhammena tathāgatā;Lead by means of a good teaching.24.6.12Dhammena nayamānānaṁ,When you understand this, <j>what indignation can there be24.6.13kā usūyā vijānatan’”ti.Toward those who lead legitimately?’”
24.7.1Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti—Soon, when they saw monks, people confronted them with the same verse:
24.7.2“Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo,“The Great Ascetic has arrived24.7.3māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ;At Giribbaja in Magadha.24.7.4Sabbe sañcaye netvāna,After leading away all of Sañcaya’s disciples,24.7.5kaṁsu dāni nayissatī”ti.Who will he lead away next?”
24.7.6Bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti—And the monks confronted them in return with this verse:
24.7.7“Nayanti ve mahāvīrā,“Indeed, the Great Heroes, the Buddhas,24.7.8saddhammena tathāgatā;Lead by means of a good teaching.24.7.9Dhammena nayamānānaṁ,When you understand this, <j>what indignation can there be24.7.10kā usūyā vijānatan”ti.Toward those who lead legitimately?”
24.7.11PTS 1.44Manussā dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.People thought, “So it seems the Sakyan monastics lead legitimately, not illegitimately.” The complaining went on for seven days and then stopped.
24.7.12Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā niṭṭhitā.The account of the going forth of Sāriputta and Moggallāna is finished.
24.7.13Catutthabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.The fourth section for recitation is finished.
25.1.015. Upajjhāyavattakathā15. Discussion of the proper conduct toward the preceptor
25.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti;At that time the monks did not have preceptors or teachers, and as a result they were not being instructed. When walking for almsfood, they were shabbily dressed and improper in appearance.25.1.2manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti;While people were eating, they held out their almsbowls to receive leftovers, even right over their food, whether it was cooked or fresh food, delicacies or drinks.25.1.3sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti;They ate bean curry and rice that they themselves had asked for,25.1.4bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti.and they were noisy in the dining hall.2125.2.1Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized them,25.2.2“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti;“How can the Sakyan monastics act like this?25.2.3manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti;25.2.4sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti;25.2.5bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane”ti.They are just like brahmins at a brahminical meal!”
25.3.1Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard the complaints of those people.25.3.2Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks of few desires, who had a sense of conscience, and who were contented, afraid of wrongdoing, and fond of the training, complained and criticized them,25.3.3“kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti;“How can monks act like this?” They then told the Buddha. …
25.3.4manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti;25.3.5sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti;25.3.6bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī”ti.
25.4.1Atha kho te bhikkhū …pe…25.4.2bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.
25.4.3Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi—Soon afterwards the Buddha had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks:25.4.4PTS 1.45“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī”ti?“Is it true, monks, that monks act like this?”
25.4.5“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“It’s true, sir.”
25.5.1Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—The Buddha rebuked them,25.5.2“ananucchavikaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ moghapurisānaṁ ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.“It’s not suitable for those foolish men, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.25.5.3Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti.How can they act like this?25.5.4Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya.This will affect people’s confidence,25.5.5Atha khvetaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattāyā”ti.and cause some to lose it.”
25.6.1Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṁ tadanucchavikaṁ tadanulomikaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—Then the Buddha spoke in many ways in dispraise of being difficult to support and maintain, in dispraise of great desires, discontent, socializing, and laziness; but he spoke in many ways in praise of being easy to support and maintain, of fewness of wishes, contentment, self-effacement, ascetic practices, serenity, reduction in things, and being energetic. After giving a teaching on what is right and proper, he addressed the monks:
25.6.2“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṁ.“There should be a preceptor.
25.6.3Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṁ upaṭṭhapessati, saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṁ upaṭṭhapessati.The preceptor should think of his student as a son and the student his preceptor as a father.25.6.4Evaṁ te aññamaññaṁ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṁ viruḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissanti.In this way they will respect, esteem, and be considerate toward each other, and they will grow and reach greatness on this spiritual path.
25.7.1Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo—A preceptor should be chosen like this.25.7.2ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—After arranging his upper robe over one shoulder, a student should pay respect at the feet of the potential preceptor. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say,25.7.3‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi;‘Venerable, please be my preceptor.’25.7.4upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi;And he should repeat this a second25.7.5upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī’ti.and a third time.25.7.6Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo;If the other conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘Yes;’ ‘No problem;’ ‘It’s suitable;’ ‘It’s appropriate;’ or, ‘Carry on with inspiration’—then a preceptor has been chosen.25.7.7PTS 1.46na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo.If the other doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then a preceptor hasn’t been chosen.
25.8.1Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ.“A student should conduct himself properly toward his preceptor.25.8.2Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—This is the proper conduct:
25.8.3.0Meals and almsround
25.8.3.1Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.Having gotten up at the appropriate time, the student should remove his sandals and arrange his upper robe over one shoulder. He should then give his preceptor a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him.25.8.4Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā.If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his preceptor.25.8.5Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When he has drunk the congee, the student should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away.25.8.6Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ.When the preceptor has gotten up, the student should put away the seat.25.8.7Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
25.9.1Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.If the preceptor wants to enter the village, the student should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his preceptor’s bowl and give it to him while wet.2225.9.2Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṁ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṁ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṁ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṁ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ.If the preceptor wants an attendant, the student should put on his sarong evenly all around, covering the navel and the knees. He should put on a belt. Putting the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, he should put them on and fasten the toggle. He should rinse his bowl, bring it along, and be his preceptor’s attendant.
25.10.1Nātidūre gantabbaṁ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṁ, pattapariyāpannaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ.He shouldn’t walk too far behind his preceptor or too close to him. He should receive the contents of his bowl.25.10.2Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā.He shouldn’t interrupt his preceptor when he’s speaking.25.10.3Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.But if the preceptor’s speech is bordering on an offense, he should stop him.
25.10.4Nivattantena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ.When returning, the student should go first to prepare a seat and to set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the preceptor and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return.25.10.5Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ;If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.25.10.6cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ, cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—He should fold the robe, offsetting the edges by seven centimeters,2325.10.7mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti.so that the fold doesn’t become worn.25.10.8Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.He should place the belt in the fold.
25.10.9Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo.If there is almsfood and his preceptor wants to eat, the student should give him water and then the almsfood.25.11.1Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his preceptor if he wants water to drink.25.11.2Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.When the preceptor has eaten, the student should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.25.11.3Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.The student should put away the robe and bowl.25.11.4PTS 1.47Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.25.11.5Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.25.11.6Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.25.11.7Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When the preceptor has gotten up, the student should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet.25.11.8Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
25.12.0Bathing
25.12.1Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If the preceptor wants to bathe, the student should prepare a bath.25.12.2Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that;25.12.3Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that.
25.12.4Sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā.If the preceptor wants to take a sauna, the student should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and follow behind his preceptor. After giving the preceptor the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay.25.12.5Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.If he’s able, he should enter the sauna.25.12.6Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter.25.13.1Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ.He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks,25.13.2Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā.and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat.25.13.3Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his preceptor.25.13.4Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave.
25.13.5Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.He should also provide assistance to his preceptor in the water.25.13.6Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo.When he has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his preceptor’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be the first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should ask his preceptor if he wants water to drink.25.14.1Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo.If the preceptor wants him to recite, he should do so.25.14.2Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.If the preceptor wants to question him, he should be questioned.
25.14.3.0The dwelling
25.14.3.1Yasmiṁ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo.If the dwelling where the preceptor is staying is dirty, the student should clean it if he’s able.25.14.4Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside.25.14.5Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside.2425.14.6Bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside.25.15.1Mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo.Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.25.15.2PTS 1.48Pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.25.15.3Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā.He should take out the bed supports and put them aside.25.15.4Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo.He should take out the spittoon and put it aside.25.15.5Apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should take out the leaning board and put it aside.25.15.6Bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside.25.15.7Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā.If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room.2525.15.8Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls.25.15.9Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor.25.15.10Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it,25.15.11mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti.trying to avoid stirring up dust.25.15.12Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.He should look out for any trash and discard it.
25.16.1Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before.25.16.2Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā.He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were.25.16.3Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo.He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.25.16.4Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.25.16.5Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.25.16.6Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.25.16.7Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo.He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.25.16.8Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ.He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.25.17.1Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should put away the bowl and robe.25.17.2Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.25.17.3Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.25.17.4Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.
25.18.1Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side.25.18.2Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side.25.18.3Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side.25.18.4PTS 1.49Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side.25.18.5Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā.If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night.25.18.6Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night.
25.19.1Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ.If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it.2625.19.2Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo.If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it.2725.19.3Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā.If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it.25.19.4Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā.If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it.25.19.5Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā.If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it.25.19.6Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for drinking, he should get some.25.19.7Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for washing, he should get some.25.19.8Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it.
25.20.0Spiritual support, etc.
25.20.1Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the preceptor becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the student should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching.25.20.2Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the preceptor becomes anxious, the student should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching.25.20.3Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the preceptor has wrong view, the student should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching.25.21.1Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation,25.21.2kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti.the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.25.21.3Sace upajjhāyo mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning,25.21.4kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti.the student should try to get the Sangha to do it.25.21.5Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period,25.21.6kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti.the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.25.21.7Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation,25.21.8kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṁ abbheyyāti.the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.
25.22.1Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his preceptor—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—2825.22.2kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṁ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti.the student should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty.25.22.3Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his preceptor—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—25.22.4kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.the student should help the preceptor conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure.29
25.23.1Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor’s robe needs washing, the student should do it himself,25.23.2PTS 1.50kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.25.23.3Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor needs a robe, the student should make one himself,25.23.4kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti.or he should make an effort to get one made.25.23.5Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor needs dye, the student should make it himself,25.23.6kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it made.25.23.7Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor’s robe needs dyeing, the student should do it himself,25.23.8kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.25.23.9Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ.When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping.
25.24.1Na upajjhāyaṁ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo;Without asking his preceptor for permission, he shouldn’t do any of the following: give away or receive a bowl;25.24.2na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ;give away or receive a robe;25.24.3na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo;give away or receive a requisite;25.24.4na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā, na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā;cut anyone’s hair or have it cut;25.24.5na ekaccassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ, na ekaccena parikammaṁ kārāpetabbaṁ;provide assistance to anyone or have assistance provided by anyone;25.24.6na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo, na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo;do a service for anyone or get a service done by anyone;25.24.7na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo;be the attendant monk for anyone or take anyone as his attendant monk;25.24.8na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo;bring back almsfood for anyone or get almsfood brought back by anyone;25.24.9na upajjhāyaṁ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo;enter the village,25.24.10na susānaṁ gantabbaṁ;go to the charnel ground,25.24.11na disā pakkamitabbā.or leave for another region.25.24.12Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo;If his preceptor is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives,25.24.13vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.or he should wait until he’s recovered.”
25.24.14Upajjhāyavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.The proper conduct toward the preceptor is finished.
26.1.016. Saddhivihārikavattakathā16. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a student
26.1.1“Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ.“And a preceptor should conduct himself properly toward his student.26.1.2Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—This is the proper conduct:
26.1.3Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā.A preceptor should help and take care of his student through recitation, questioning, and instruction.26.1.4Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has a bowl, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him,3026.1.5kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get him one.26.1.6Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has a robe, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him,26.1.7kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ uppajjiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get him one.26.1.8PTS 1.51Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the preceptor has a requisite, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him,26.1.9kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get him one.
26.2.0Meals and almsround
26.2.1Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.If the student is sick, the preceptor should get up at the appropriate time and give his student a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him.26.2.2Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā.If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his student.26.2.3Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When he has drunk the congee, the preceptor should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away.26.2.4Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ.When the student has gotten up, the preceptor should put away the seat.26.2.5Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
26.3.1Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.If the student wants to enter the village, the preceptor should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his student’s bowl and give it to him while wet.26.3.2Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ.Before he’s due back, the preceptor should prepare a seat and set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the student and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return.26.3.3Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ;If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.26.3.4cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ, cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—He should fold the robe, offsetting the edges by seven centimeters,26.3.5mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti.so that the fold doesn’t become worn.26.3.6Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.He should place the belt in the fold.
26.3.7Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo.If there is almsfood and his student wants to eat, the preceptor should give him water and then the almsfood.26.4.1Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his student if he wants water to drink.26.4.2Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.When the student has eaten, the preceptor should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.26.4.3Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.The preceptor should put away the robe and bowl.26.4.4Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.26.4.5Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.26.4.6Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.26.4.7Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When the student has gotten up, the preceptor should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet.26.4.8Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
26.5.0Bathing
26.5.1Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If the student wants to bathe, the preceptor should prepare a bath.26.5.2Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that;26.5.3PTS 1.52Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that.
26.5.4Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā.If the student wants to take a sauna, the preceptor should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and go to the sauna. After giving the student the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay.26.5.5Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.If he’s able, he should enter the sauna.26.5.6Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter.26.6.1Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ.He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks,26.6.2Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā.and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat.26.6.3Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his student.26.6.4Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave.
26.6.5Udakepi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.The preceptor should also provide assistance to his student in the water.26.6.6Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā.When the preceptor has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his student’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe.26.6.7Jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ.Taking the sauna bench, he should be the first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet.26.6.8Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his student if he wants water to drink.
26.7.0The dwelling
26.7.1Yasmiṁ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo.If the dwelling where the student is staying is dirty, the preceptor should clean it if he’s able.26.7.2Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside.26.7.3nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside.26.7.4bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside.26.7.5mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo;Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.26.7.6pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.26.7.7mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā;He should take out the bed supports and put them aside.26.7.8kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo;He should take out the spittoon and put it aside.26.7.9apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the leaning board and put it aside.26.7.10bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside.26.7.11Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā.If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room.26.7.12Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls.26.7.13Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor.26.7.14Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it,26.7.15mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti.trying to avoid stirring up dust.26.7.16Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.He should look out for any trash and discard it.
26.7.17Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before.26.7.18Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā.He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were.26.7.19Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo.He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.26.7.20Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.26.7.21Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.26.7.22Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.26.7.23Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo.He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.26.7.24Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ.He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.26.7.25Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should put away the bowl and robe.26.7.26Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.26.7.27Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.26.7.28Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.
26.7.29Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side.26.7.30Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side.26.7.31Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side.26.7.32Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side.26.7.33Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā.If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night.26.7.34Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night.
26.7.35Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ.If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it.26.7.36Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo.If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it.26.7.37Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā.If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it.26.7.38Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā.If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it.26.7.39Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā.If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it.26.7.40Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for drinking, he should get some.26.7.41Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for washing, he should get some.26.7.42Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it.
26.8.0Spiritual support, etc.
26.8.1Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the student becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the preceptor should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching.26.8.2Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the student becomes anxious, the preceptor should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching.26.8.3Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the student has wrong view, the preceptor should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching.26.9.1Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation,26.9.2kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti.the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.26.9.3Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning,26.9.4kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti.the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to do it.26.9.5Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period,26.9.6kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti.the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.26.9.7PTS 1.53Sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation,26.9.8kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṁ abbheyyāti.the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.
26.10.1Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his student—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—26.10.2kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti.the preceptor should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty.26.10.3Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his student—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—26.10.4kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.the preceptor should help the student conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure.
26.11.1Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ dhoveyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the student’s robe needs washing, the preceptor should show him how to do it,26.11.2kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.26.11.3Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the student needs a robe, the preceptor should show him how to make one,26.11.4kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti.or he should make an effort to get one made.26.11.5Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the student needs dye, the preceptor should show him how to make it,26.11.6kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it made.26.11.7Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ, evaṁ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the student’s robe needs dyeing, the preceptor should show him how to do it,26.11.8kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.26.11.9Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ.When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over,26.11.10Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ.and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping.26.11.11Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.If his student is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.”
26.11.12Saddhivihārikavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.The proper conduct toward a student is finished.
27.1.017. Paṇāmitakathā17. Discussion on dismissal
27.1.1Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti.On a later occasion the students did not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors.27.1.2Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks of few desires complained and criticized them,27.1.3“kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī”ti.“How can students not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors?”27.1.4Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …27.1.5“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantī”ti?“Is it true, monks, that students are acting like this?”
27.1.6“saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“It’s true, sir.”
27.1.7Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…The Buddha rebuked them …27.1.8kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti …pe…“How can students not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors?” …27.1.9vigarahitvā …pe…After rebuking them …27.1.10dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
27.1.11PTS 1.54“na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṁ.“A student should conduct himself properly toward his preceptor.27.1.12Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”
27.2.1Neva sammā vattanti.They still did not conduct themselves properly.27.2.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
27.2.3“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.“You should dismiss one who doesn’t conduct himself properly.
27.2.4Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo—And this is how he should be dismissed.27.2.5‘paṇāmemi tan’ti vā, ‘māyidha paṭikkamī’ti vā, ‘nīhara te pattacīvaran’ti vā, ‘nāhaṁ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo’ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko;If the preceptor conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘I dismiss you;’ ‘Don’t come back here;’ ‘Remove your bowl and robe;’ or, ‘You shouldn’t attend on me’—then the student has been dismissed.27.2.6na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko”ti.If he doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the student hasn’t been dismissed.”
27.3.1Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti.Students who had been dismissed did not ask for forgiveness.27.3.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
27.3.3“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetun”ti.“You should ask for forgiveness.”
27.3.4Neva khamāpenti.They still did not ask for forgiveness.27.3.5Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
27.3.6“Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo.“One who has been dismissed should ask for forgiveness.27.3.7Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”
27.4.1Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti.Preceptors who were asked for forgiveness did not forgive.27.4.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
27.4.3“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitun”ti.“You should forgive.”
27.4.4Neva khamanti.They still did not forgive.27.4.5Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti.The students left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions.3127.4.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
27.4.7Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṁ.“When asked for forgiveness, you should forgive.27.4.8Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
27.5.1Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṁ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṁ na paṇāmenti.Preceptors dismissed students who were conducting themselves properly and did not dismiss those who were not.27.5.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
27.5.3“Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo.“You shouldn’t dismiss someone who is conducting himself properly.27.5.4Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.
27.5.5Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo.And you should dismiss someone who isn’t conducting himself properly.27.5.6Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.
27.6.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.If a student has five qualities, he should be dismissed:27.6.2Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor.27.6.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.
27.6.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.If a student has five qualities, he shouldn’t be dismissed:27.6.5Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor.27.6.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.
27.7.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.If a student has five qualities, he deserves to be dismissed:27.7.2PTS 1.55Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor.27.7.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.
27.7.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.If a student has five qualities, he doesn’t deserve to be dismissed:27.7.5Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor.27.7.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.
27.8.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.If a student has five qualities, the preceptor is at fault if he doesn’t dismiss him, but not if he does:27.8.2Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—the student doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor.27.8.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.
27.8.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti.If a student has five qualities, the preceptor is at fault if he dismisses him, but not if he doesn’t:27.8.5Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—the student has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience in regard to his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor.”
27.8.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī”ti.
28.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.On one occasion a brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth,28.1.2Taṁ bhikkhū na icchiṁsu pabbājetuṁ.but the monks declined.28.1.3So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṁ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto.As a result, he became thin, haggard, and pale, with veins protruding all over his body.28.1.4Addasā kho bhagavā taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kisaṁ lūkhaṁ dubbaṇṇaṁ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṁ dhamanisanthatagattaṁ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—The Buddha saw him, and he asked the monks,28.1.5“kiṁ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto”ti?“Why is that brahmin looking so sickly?”28.1.6“Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.They told him what had happened.
28.1.7Taṁ bhikkhū na icchiṁsu pabbājetuṁ.28.1.8So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṁ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto”ti.
28.2.1Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—The Buddha said,28.2.2“ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarasī”ti?“Does anyone remember any act of service from that brahmin?”
28.2.3Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—Venerable Sāriputta replied,28.2.4“ahaṁ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarāmī”ti.“I do, sir.”
28.2.5“Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarasī”ti?“What service do you remember, Sāriputta?”
28.2.6“Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṁ dāpesi.“When I was walking for almsfood here in Rājagaha, that brahmin gave a ladleful of food.”28.2.7Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarāmī”ti.
28.3.1PTS 1.56“Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino.“Good, good, Sāriputta, superior people have gratitude.28.3.2Tena hi tvaṁ, sāriputta, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pabbājehi upasampādehī”ti.Well then, Sāriputta, give that brahmin the going forth and the full ordination.”
28.3.3“Kathāhaṁ, bhante, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pabbājemi upasampādemī”ti?“But how should I do it?”
28.3.4Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
28.3.5“yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṁ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi.“From today I rescind the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges.28.4.1Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṁ.Instead you should give the full ordination through a legal procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements.
28.4.2Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo.And the ordination should be done like this.28.4.3Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:
28.4.4‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.28.4.5Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.3228.4.6Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena.If the Sangha is ready, it should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.28.4.7Esā ñatti.This is the motion.
28.5.1Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.28.5.2Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.28.5.3Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.28.5.4Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.28.5.5yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
28.5.6Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—For the second time, I speak on this matter.28.5.7suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.28.5.8Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.28.5.9Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.28.5.10Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.28.5.11yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
28.6.1Tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—For the third time, I speak on this matter.28.6.2suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.28.6.3Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.28.6.4Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.28.6.5Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.28.6.6yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
28.6.7Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.28.6.8Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”
29.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṁ ācarati.On a later occasion, a monk misbehaved immediately after his full ordination.29.1.2Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks told him,29.1.3“māvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsi, netaṁ kappatī”ti.“Don’t do that. It’s not allowable.”29.1.4So evamāha—
29.1.5“nevāhaṁ āyasmante yāciṁ upasampādetha manti.“But I didn’t ask you to ordain me.29.1.6Kissa maṁ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā”ti?Why did you ordain me without being asked?”29.1.7Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
29.1.8PTS 1.57“Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone who hasn’t asked.29.1.9Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.29.1.10Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṁ.I allow you to give the full ordination to someone who has asked.
29.2.1Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo.And this is how they should ask.29.2.2Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—After approaching the Sangha, the one who wants the full ordination should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder and pay respect at the feet of the monks. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say:29.2.3‘saṅghaṁ, bhante, upasampadaṁ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāyā’ti.‘Venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination. Please lift me up out of compassion.’29.2.4Dutiyampi yācitabbo.And he should ask a second29.2.5Tatiyampi yācitabbo.and a third time.29.3.1Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha:
29.3.2‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.29.3.3Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.29.3.4Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena.So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor.29.3.5Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena.If the Sangha is ready, it should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.29.3.6Esā ñatti.This is the motion.
29.4.1Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.29.4.2Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so wants the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.29.4.3Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena.So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor.29.4.4Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.29.4.5Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.29.4.6yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
29.4.7Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi …pe…For the second time, I speak on this matter. …29.4.8tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi …pe….For the third time, I speak on this matter. …
29.4.9Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.29.4.10Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”
30.1.1Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṁ bhattānaṁ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā hoti.At that time in Rājagaha, there was a succession of fine meals.30.1.2Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi—A certain brahmin thought,30.1.3“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti.“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind.30.1.4Yannūnāhaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyan”ti.Why don’t I go forth with the Sakyan monastics?”
30.1.5Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.Then that brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth.30.1.6Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ upasampādesuṁ.The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination.30.2.1Tasmiṁ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha.When he had gone forth, that succession of meals came to a stop.30.2.2Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks said to him,30.2.3“ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā”ti.“Come, let’s walk for alms.”30.2.4So evamāha—
30.2.5“nāhaṁ, āvuso, etaṅkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti.“I didn’t go forth to walk for alms.30.2.6Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi, no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī”ti.If you give me some, I’ll eat it. If not, I’ll disrobe.”
30.2.7“Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito”ti?“But did you go forth for the sake of your stomach?”
30.2.8PTS 1.58“Evamāvuso”ti.“Yes.”
30.3.1Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks of few desires complained and criticized him,30.3.2“kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatī”ti.“How could a monk go forth on this well-proclaimed spiritual path for the sake of his stomach?”
30.3.3Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …30.3.4“saccaṁ kira tvaṁ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito”ti?“Is it true, monk, that you did this?”
30.3.5“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“It’s true, sir.”
30.3.6Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…The Buddha rebuked him …30.3.7kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi.“Foolish man, how could you go forth on this well-proclaimed spiritual path for the sake of your stomach?30.3.8Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe…This will affect people’s confidence …”30.3.9vigarahitvā …pe…After rebuking him …30.3.10dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
30.4.1“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṁ—“When you are giving the full ordination, you should point out the four supports:
- 30.4.2piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo;One gone forth is supported by almsfood. You should persevere with this for life.30.4.3atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:30.4.4saṅghabhattaṁ, uddesabhattaṁ, nimantanaṁ, salākabhattaṁ, pakkhikaṁ, uposathikaṁ, pāṭipadikaṁ.a meal for the Sangha, a meal for designated monks, an invitational meal, a meal for which lots are drawn, a half-monthly meal, a meal on the observance day, and a meal on the day after the observance day.
- 30.4.5Paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo;One gone forth is supported by rag robes. You should persevere with this for life.30.4.6atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:30.4.7khomaṁ, kappāsikaṁ, koseyyaṁ, kambalaṁ, sāṇaṁ, bhaṅgaṁ.linen, cotton, silk, wool, sunn hemp, and hemp.
- 30.4.8Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo;One gone forth is supported by the foot of a tree as a resting place. You should persevere with this for life.3330.4.9atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:30.4.10vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṁ, guhā.a dwelling, a stilt house, and a cave.34
- 30.4.11Pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo;One gone forth is supported by medicine of fermented urine. You should persevere with this for life.30.4.12atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:30.4.13sappi, navanītaṁ, telaṁ, madhu, phāṇitan”ti.ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup.”35
30.4.14Upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito pañcamo.The fifth section for recitation on the proper conduct toward the preceptor is finished.
31.1.018. Ācariyavattakathā18. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a teacher
31.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.Soon afterwards a young brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth.31.1.2Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṁsu.The monks told him about the four supports.31.1.3So evamāha—He said,31.1.4“sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṁ.“Venerables, if you had told me about this after my going forth, I would have been fine.31.1.5Na dānāhaṁ, bhante, pabbajissāmi;But now I won’t go forth,31.1.6jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā”ti.for these supports are disgusting and repulsive to me.”31.1.7Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
31.1.8“Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā.“You shouldn’t point out the supports beforehand.31.1.9Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.31.1.10Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitun”ti.You should point out the supports immediately after the full ordination.”
31.2.1PTS 1.59Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti.At that time, monks in groups of two and three gave the full ordination.31.2.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
31.2.3“Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination in groups of less than ten.31.2.4Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.31.2.5Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetun”ti.You should give the full ordination in groups of ten or more than ten.”
31.3.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṁ upasampādenti.At that time monks who only had one or two years of seniority gave the full ordination,31.3.2Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṁ upasampādesi.among them Venerable Upasena of Vaṅganta.
31.3.3So vassaṁvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.After completing the rainy-season residence, he had two years of seniority and his student had one. The two of them went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down.31.3.4Āciṇṇaṁ kho panetaṁ buddhānaṁ bhagavantānaṁ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ paṭisammodituṁ.Since it is the custom for Buddhas to greet newly-arrived monks,31.4.1Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ vaṅgantaputtaṁ etadavoca—the Buddha said to Upasena,31.4.2“kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyaṁ,“I hope you’re keeping well, monk, I hope you’re getting by? 31.4.3kacci tvaṁ appakilamathena addhānaṁ āgato”ti?I hope you’re not tired from traveling?”
31.4.4“Khamanīyaṁ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṁ, bhagavā.“I’m keeping well, sir, I’m getting by.31.4.5Appakilamathena mayaṁ, bhante, addhānaṁ āgatā”ti.I’m not tired from traveling.”
31.4.6Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṁ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṁ viditvā na pucchanti;When Buddhas know what is going on, sometimes they ask and sometimes not. They know the right time to ask and when not to ask.31.4.7atthasaṁhitaṁ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṁhitaṁ.Buddhas ask when it is beneficial, otherwise not,31.4.8Anatthasaṁhite setughāto tathāgatānaṁ.for Buddhas are incapable of doing what is unbeneficial.3631.4.9Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti— dhammaṁ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṁ vā sikkhāpadaṁ paññapessāmāti.Buddhas question the monks for two reasons: to give a teaching or to lay down a training rule.
31.5.1Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ vaṅgantaputtaṁ etadavoca— “kativassosi tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?The Buddha said to Upasena, “How long have you been a monk?”
31.5.2“Duvassohaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“Two years, sir.”
31.5.3“Ayaṁ pana bhikkhu kativasso”ti?“And this monk?”
31.5.4“Ekavasso, bhagavā”ti.“One year.”
31.5.5“Kiṁ tāyaṁ bhikkhu hotī”ti?“And what’s his relationship to you?”
31.5.6“Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā”ti.“He’s my student.”
31.5.7Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—The Buddha rebuked him,31.5.8“ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.“It’s not suitable, foolish man, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.31.5.9Kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṁ ovadituṁ anusāsituṁ maññissasi.You ought to be taught and instructed by others. What, then, makes you think that you should teach and instruct another person?31.5.10Atilahuṁ kho tvaṁ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṁ gaṇabandhikaṁ.You have turned to indulgence too readily, that is, by forming a group.31.5.11Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe…This will affect people’s confidence …”31.5.12vigarahitvā …pe…After rebuking him …31.5.13dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
31.5.14“na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination if you have less than ten years of seniority.31.5.15Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.31.5.16Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun”ti.I allow you to give the full ordination if you have ten or more years of seniority.”
31.6.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—Then,31.6.2dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—once they had ten years of seniority,31.6.3bālā abyattā upasampādenti.ignorant and incompetent monks gave the full ordination.31.6.4Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā.As a result there were ignorant preceptors with knowledgeable students,31.6.5Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā.incompetent preceptors with competent students,31.6.6Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā.uneducated preceptors with learned students,31.6.7PTS 1.60Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto.and foolish preceptors with wise students.31.6.8Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkami.A monk who had been a monastic in another religion even refuted his preceptor, despite being legitimately corrected by him. He then returned to that religious community.37
31.7.1Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks of few desires complained and criticized them,31.7.2“kathañhi nāma bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādessanti.“How can ignorant and incompetent monks give the full ordination just because they have ten years of seniority?31.7.3Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto”ti.There are ignorant preceptors with knowledgeable students, incompetent preceptors with competent students, uneducated preceptors with learned students, and foolish preceptors with wise students.”
31.7.4Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.31.7.5“Saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū—He said, “Is it true, monks, that this is happening?”31.7.6dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—31.7.7bālā abyattā upasampādenti.31.7.8Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto”ti?
31.7.9“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“It’s true, sir.”
31.8.1Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…The Buddha rebuked them …31.8.2“kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādessanti.“How can those foolish men give the full ordination just because they have ten years of seniority?31.8.3Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto.The consequences are evident.31.8.4Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe…This will affect people’s confidence …”31.8.5vigarahitvā …pe…After rebuking them …31.8.6dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
31.8.7“na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo.“An ignorant and incompetent monk shouldn’t give the full ordination.31.8.8Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.31.8.9Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun”ti.I allow a competent and capable monk who has ten or more years of seniority to give the full ordination.”
32.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānāAt that time there were preceptors who went away, disrobed, died, or joined another religion or sect, and as a result their students were not being instructed.38 32.1.2dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti,When walking for almsfood, they were shabbily dressed and improper in appearance. 32.1.3manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uparisāyanīyepi uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti;While people were eating, they held out their almsbowls to receive leftovers, even right over their food, whether it was cooked or fresh food, delicacies or drinks.32.1.4sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti;They ate bean curry and rice that they themselves had asked for,32.1.5bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti.and they were noisy in the dining hall.
32.1.6Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized them,32.1.7“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti;“How can the Sakyan monastics act like this?32.1.8manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uparisāyanīyepi uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti;32.1.9sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti;32.1.10bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane”ti.They are just like brahmins at a brahminical meal.”
32.1.11Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ …pe…The monks heard the complaints of those people. …32.1.12atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They then told the Buddha.32.1.13“Saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave …pe…“Is it true, monks … ?”
32.1.14“saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti …pe…“It’s true, sir.” …
32.1.15vigarahitvā dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—After rebuking them, the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
32.1.16“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṁ.“There should be a teacher.
32.1.17Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṁ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṁ upaṭṭhāpessati.The teacher should think of his pupil as a son and the pupil his teacher as a father.32.1.18Evaṁ te aññamaññaṁ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ viruḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissanti.In this way they will respect, esteem, and be considerate toward each other, and they will grow and reach greatness on this spiritual path.
32.1.19Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṁ nissāya vatthuṁ, dasavassena nissayaṁ dātuṁ.You should live with formal support for ten years. And I allow a monk of ten years’ seniority to give such support.39
32.2.1Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo.A teacher should be chosen like this.32.2.2Ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—After arranging his upper robe over one shoulder, a pupil should pay respect at the feet of a potential teacher. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say,32.2.3‘ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi;‘Venerable, please be my teacher. I wish to live with formal support from you.’32.2.4ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi;And he should repeat this a second32.2.5ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmī’ti.and a third time.32.2.6PTS 1.61‘Sāhū’ti vā ‘lahū’ti vā ‘opāyikan’ti vā ‘patirūpan’ti vā ‘pāsādikena sampādehī’ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo;If the other conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘Yes;’ ‘No problem;’ ‘It’s suitable;’ ‘It’s appropriate;’ or, ‘Carry on with inspiration’—then a teacher has been chosen.32.2.7na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo.If the other doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then a teacher hasn’t been chosen.
32.3.1Antevāsikena, bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ.“A pupil should conduct himself properly toward his teacher.32.3.2Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—This is the proper conduct:
32.3.3.0Meals and almsround
32.3.3.1Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṁ omuñcitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.Having gotten up at the appropriate time, the pupil should remove his sandals, and arrange his upper robe over one shoulder. He should then give his teacher a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him.32.3.4Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā.If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his teacher.32.3.5Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When he has drunk the congee, the pupil should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away.32.3.6Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ.When the teacher has gotten up, the pupil should put away the seat.32.3.7Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
32.3.8Sace ācariyo gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.If the teacher wants to enter the village, the pupil should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his teacher’s bowl and give it to him while wet.32.3.9Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṁ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṁ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṁ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṁ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ.If the teacher wants an attendant, the pupil should put on his sarong evenly all around, covering the navel and the knees. He should put on a belt. Putting the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, he should put them on and fasten the toggle. He should rinse his bowl, bring it along, and be his teacher’s attendant.
32.3.10Nātidūre gantabbaṁ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṁ, pattapariyāpannaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ.He shouldn’t walk too far behind his teacher or too close to him. He should receive the contents of his bowl.32.3.11Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā.He shouldn’t interrupt his teacher when he’s speaking.32.3.12Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.But if the teacher’s speech is bordering on an offense, he should stop him.
32.3.13Nivattantena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ.When returning, the pupil should go first to prepare a seat and to set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the teacher and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return.32.3.14Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ.If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.32.3.15Cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ.He should fold the robe,32.3.16Cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—offsetting the edges by seven centimeters,32.3.17mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti.so that the fold doesn’t become worn.32.3.18Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.He should place the belt in the fold.
32.3.19Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo.If there is almsfood and his teacher wants to eat, the pupil should give him water and then the almsfood.32.3.20Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his teacher if he wants water to drink.32.3.21Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.When the teacher has eaten, the pupil should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.32.3.22Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.The pupil should put away the robe and bowl.32.3.23Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.32.3.24Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.32.3.25Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.32.3.26Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When the teacher has gotten up, the pupil should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet.32.3.27Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
32.3.28.0Bathing
32.3.28.1Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If the teacher wants to bathe, the pupil should prepare a bath.32.3.29Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that;32.3.30Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that.
32.3.31Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā.If the teacher wants to take a sauna, the pupil should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and follow behind his teacher. After giving the teacher the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay.32.3.32Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.If he’s able, he should enter the sauna.32.3.33Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter.32.3.34Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ.He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks,32.3.35Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā.and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat.32.3.36Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his teacher.32.3.37Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave.
32.3.38Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.He should also provide assistance to his teacher in the water.32.3.39Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ.When he has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his teacher’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet.32.3.40Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his teacher if he wants water to drink.32.3.41Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo.If the teacher wants him to recite, he should do so.32.3.42Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.If the teacher wants to question him, he should be questioned.
32.3.43.0The dwelling
32.3.43.1Yasmiṁ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo.If the dwelling where the teacher is staying is dirty, the pupil should clean it if he’s able.32.3.44Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside.32.3.45nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside.32.3.46bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside.32.3.47mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo;Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.32.3.48pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.32.3.49mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā;He should take out the bed supports and put them aside.32.3.50kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo;He should take out the spittoon and put it aside.32.3.51apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the leaning board and put it aside.32.3.52bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside.32.3.53Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā.If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room.32.3.54Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls.32.3.55Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor.32.3.56Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it,32.3.57mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti.trying to avoid stirring up dust.32.3.58Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.He should look out for any trash and discard it.
32.3.59Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before.32.3.60Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā.He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were.32.3.61Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo.He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.32.3.62Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.32.3.63Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.32.3.64Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.32.3.65Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo.He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.32.3.66Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ.He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.32.3.67Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should put away the bowl and robe.32.3.68Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.32.3.69Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.32.3.70Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.
32.3.71Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side.32.3.72Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side.32.3.73Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side.32.3.74Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side.32.3.75Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā.If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night.32.3.76Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night.
32.3.77Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ.If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it.32.3.78Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo.If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it.32.3.79Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā.If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it.32.3.80Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā.If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it.32.3.81Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā.If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it.32.3.82Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for drinking, he should get some.32.3.83Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for washing, he should get some.32.3.84Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṁ udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it.
32.3.85.0Spiritual support, etc.
32.3.85.1Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the teacher becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the pupil should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching.32.3.86Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the teacher becomes anxious, the pupil should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching.32.3.87Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the teacher has wrong view, the pupil should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching.32.3.88Sace ācariyo garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation,32.3.89kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti.the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.32.3.90Sace ācariyo mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning,32.3.91kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti.the pupil should try to get the Sangha to do it.32.3.92Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period,32.3.93kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti.the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.32.3.94Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation,32.3.95kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṁ abbheyyāti.the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.
32.3.96Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his teacher—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—32.3.97kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti.the pupil should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty.32.3.98Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his teacher—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—32.3.99kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.the pupil should help the teacher conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure.
32.3.100Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher’s robe needs washing, the pupil should do it himself,32.3.101kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.32.3.102Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher needs a robe, the pupil should make one himself,32.3.103kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti.or he should make an effort to get one made.32.3.104Sace ācariyassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher needs dye, the pupil should make it himself,32.3.105kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it made.32.3.106Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher’s robe needs dyeing, the pupil should do it himself,32.3.107kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.32.3.108Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ.When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping.
32.3.109Na ācariyaṁ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo;Without asking his teacher for permission, he shouldn’t do any of the following: give away or receive a bowl;32.3.110na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ;give away32.3.111na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ;or receive a robe;32.3.112na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo;give away32.3.113na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo;or receive a requisite;32.3.114na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā;cut anyone’s hair32.3.115na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā;or have it cut;32.3.116na ekaccassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ;provide assistance to anyone32.3.117na ekaccena parikammaṁ kārāpetabbaṁ;or have assistance provided by anyone;32.3.118na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo;do a service for anyone32.3.119na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo;or get a service done by anyone;32.3.120na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ;be the attendant monk for anyone32.3.121na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo;or take anyone as his attendant monk;32.3.122na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo;bring back almsfood for anyone32.3.123na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo.or get almsfood brought back by anyone;32.3.124Na ācariyaṁ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṁ gantabbaṁ, na disā pakkamitabbā.enter the village, go to the charnel ground, or leave for another region.32.3.125Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.If his teacher is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.”
32.3.126Ācariyavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.The proper conduct toward a teacher is finished.
33.1.019. Antevāsikavattakathā19. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a pupil
33.1.1“Ācariyena, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ.“And a teacher should conduct himself properly toward his pupil.33.1.2Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—This is the proper conduct:
33.1.3Ācariyena, bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā.A teacher should help and take care of his pupil through recitation, questioning, and instruction.33.1.4Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has a bowl, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him,4033.1.5kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get him one.33.1.6Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has a robe, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him,33.1.7kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ uppajjiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get him one.33.1.8Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—If the teacher has a requisite, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him,33.1.9kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get him one.
33.1.10.0Meals and almsround
33.1.10.1Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.If the pupil is sick, the teacher should get up at the appropriate time and give his pupil a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him.33.1.11Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā.If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his pupil.33.1.12Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When he has drunk the congee, the teacher should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away.33.1.13Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ.When the pupil has gotten up, the teacher should put away the seat.33.1.14Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
33.1.15Sace antevāsiko gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.If the pupil wants to enter the village, the teacher should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his pupil’s bowl and give it to him while wet.33.1.16Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ.Before he’s due back, the teacher should prepare a seat and set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the pupil and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return.33.1.17Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ.If the robe is damp, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.33.1.18Cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ.He should fold the robe,33.1.19Cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—offsetting the edges by seven centimeters,33.1.20mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti.so that the fold doesn’t become worn.33.1.21Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ.He should place the belt in the fold.
33.1.22Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo.If there is almsfood and his pupil wants to eat, the teacher should give him water and then the almsfood.33.1.23Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his pupil if he wants water to drink.33.1.24Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.When the pupil has eaten, the teacher should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat.33.1.25Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.The teacher should put away the robe and bowl.33.1.26Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.33.1.27Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.33.1.28Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.33.1.29Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ.When the pupil has gotten up, the teacher should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet.33.1.30Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.If the place is dirty, he should sweep it.
33.1.31.0Bathing
33.1.31.1Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If the pupil wants to bathe, the teacher should prepare a bath.33.1.32Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that;33.1.33Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ.if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that.
33.1.34Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā.If the pupil wants to take a sauna, the teacher should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and go to the sauna. After giving the pupil the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay.33.1.35Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.If he’s able, he should enter the sauna.33.1.36Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ.When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter.33.1.37Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā.He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat.33.1.38Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his pupil.33.1.39Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ.When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave.
33.1.40Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ.The teacher should also provide assistance to his pupil in the water.33.1.41Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ.When the teacher has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his pupil’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet.33.1.42Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.He should ask his pupil if he wants water to drink.
33.1.43.0The dwelling
33.1.43.1Yasmiṁ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo.If the dwelling where the pupil is staying is dirty, the teacher should clean it if he’s able.33.1.44Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside.33.1.45nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside.33.1.46bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside.33.1.47mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo;Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.33.1.48pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside.33.1.49mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā;He should take out the bed supports and put them aside.33.1.50kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo;He should take out the spittoon and put it aside.33.1.51apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ;He should take out the leaning board and put it aside.33.1.52bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside.33.1.53Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ otāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā.If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room.33.1.54Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls.33.1.55Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā.If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor.33.1.56Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it,33.1.57mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti.trying to avoid stirring up dust.33.1.58Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ.He should look out for any trash and discard it.
33.1.59Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before.33.1.60Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā.He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were.33.1.61Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo.He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.33.1.62Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before.33.1.63Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.33.1.64Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ.He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before.33.1.65Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo.He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.33.1.66Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ.He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was.33.1.67Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.He should put away the bowl and robe.33.1.68Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo.When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away.33.1.69Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo.He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor.33.1.70Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ.When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out.
33.1.71Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side.33.1.72Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side.33.1.73Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side.33.1.74Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā.If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side.33.1.75Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā.If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night.33.1.76Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā.If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night.
33.1.77Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ.If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it.33.1.78Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo.If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it.33.1.79Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā.If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it.33.1.80Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā.If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it.33.1.81Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā.If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it.33.1.82Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for drinking, he should get some.33.1.83Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.If there is no water for washing, he should get some.33.1.84Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ.If there is no water in the restroom ablutions pot, he should fill it.
33.1.85.0Spiritual support, etc.
33.1.85.1Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the pupil becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the teacher should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching.33.1.86Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the pupil becomes anxious, the teacher should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching.33.1.87Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.If the pupil has wrong view, the teacher should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching.33.1.88Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation,33.1.89kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti.the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.33.1.90Sace antevāsiko mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning,33.1.91kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti.the teacher should try to get the Sangha to do it.33.1.92Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period,33.1.93kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti.the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.33.1.94Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation,33.1.95kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṁ abbheyyāti.the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him.
33.1.96Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his pupil—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—33.1.97kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti.the teacher should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty.33.1.98Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his pupil—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—33.1.99kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti.the teacher should help the pupil conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure.
33.1.100Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ dhoveyyāsī’ti,If the pupil’s robe needs washing, the teacher should show him how to do it,33.1.101ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.33.1.102Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ kareyyāsī’ti,If the pupil needs a robe, the teacher should show him how to make one,33.1.103ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti.or he should make an effort to get one made.33.1.104Sace antevāsikassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ paceyyāsī’ti,If the pupil needs dye, the teacher should show him how to make it,33.1.105ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it made.33.1.106Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ rajeyyāsī’ti,If the pupil’s robe needs dyeing, the teacher should show him how to do it,33.1.107ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti.or he should make an effort to get it done.33.1.108Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ.When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping.33.1.109Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti.If his pupil is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.”
33.1.110Antevāsikavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.The proper conduct toward a pupil is finished.
33.1.111Chaṭṭho bhāṇavāro.The sixth section for recitation is finished.
34.1.020. Paṇāmanākhamāpanā20. Asking for forgiveness when dismissed
34.1.1Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti …pe…On a later occasion the pupils did not conduct themselves properly toward their teachers. …34.1.2bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …
34.1.3“na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṁ.“A pupil should conduct himself properly toward his teacher.34.1.4Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”
34.1.5Neva sammā vattanti.They still did not conduct themselves properly.34.1.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …
34.1.7“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.“You should dismiss one who doesn’t conduct himself properly.
34.1.8Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo—And this is how he should be dismissed.34.1.9paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṁ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā.If the teacher conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘I dismiss you;’ ‘Don’t come back here;’ ‘Remove your bowl and robe;’ or, ‘You shouldn’t attend on me’—34.1.10Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko;then the pupil has been dismissed.34.1.11na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko”ti.If he doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the pupil hasn’t been dismissed.”
34.1.12Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti.Pupils who had been dismissed did not ask for forgiveness.34.1.13Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
34.1.14“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetun”ti.“You should ask for forgiveness.”
34.1.15Neva khamāpenti.They still did not ask for forgiveness.34.1.16Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
34.1.17“Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo.“One who has been dismissed should ask for forgiveness.34.1.18Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”
34.1.19Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti.Teachers who were asked for forgiveness did not forgive.34.1.20Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
34.1.21“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitun”ti.“You should forgive.”
34.1.22Neva khamanti.They still did not forgive.34.1.23Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti.The pupils left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions.34.1.24Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
34.1.25“Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṁ.“When asked for forgiveness, you should forgive.34.1.26Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
34.1.27Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṁ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṁ na paṇāmenti.Teachers dismissed pupils who were conducting themselves properly and did not dismiss those who were not.34.1.28Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
34.1.29“Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo.“You shouldn’t dismiss someone who is conducting himself properly.34.1.30Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.
34.1.31Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo.And you should dismiss someone who isn’t conducting himself properly.34.1.32Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.
34.1.33Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.If a pupil has five qualities, he should be dismissed:34.1.34Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher.34.1.35imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.
34.1.36Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.If a pupil has five qualities, he shouldn’t be dismissed:34.1.37Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience in regard to his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher.34.1.38imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.
34.1.39Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.If a pupil has five qualities, he deserves to be dismissed:34.1.40Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher.34.1.41imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.
34.1.42Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.If a pupil has five qualities, he doesn’t deserve to be dismissed:34.1.43Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—he has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience in regard to his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher.34.1.44imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ.
34.1.45Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.If a pupil has five qualities, the teacher is at fault if he doesn’t dismiss him, but not if he does:34.1.46Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—the pupil doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience in regard to his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher.34.1.47imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.
34.1.48Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti.If a pupil has five qualities, the teacher is at fault if he dismisses him, but not if he doesn’t:34.1.49Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—the pupil has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience in regard to his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher.”34.1.50imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī”ti.
34.1.51Paṇāmanā khamāpanā niṭṭhitā.Asking for forgiveness when dismissed is finished.
35.1.021. Bālaabyattavatthu21. The ignorant and incompetent
35.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṁ denti.Then, once they had ten years of seniority, ignorant and incompetent monks gave formal support.35.1.2Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā.As a result there were ignorant teachers with knowledgeable pupils,35.1.3Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā.incompetent teachers with competent pupils,35.1.4Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā.uneducated teachers with learned pupils,35.1.5Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto.and foolish teachers with wise pupils.
35.1.6PTS 1.62Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks of few desires complained and criticized them,35.1.7“kathañhi nāma bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā nissayaṁ dassanti.“How can ignorant and incompetent monks give formal support, just because they have ten years of seniority?35.1.8Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto”ti.There are ignorant teachers with knowledgeable pupils, incompetent teachers with competent pupils, uneducated teachers with learned pupils, and foolish teachers with wise pupils.”
35.2.1Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …35.2.2“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū—“Is it true, monks, that this is happening?”35.2.3dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—35.2.4bālā abyattā nissayaṁ denti …pe…
35.2.5“saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“It’s true, sir.”
35.2.6Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…The Buddha rebuked them …35.2.7vigarahitvā …pe…35.2.8dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—He then gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
35.2.9“na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo.“An ignorant and incompetent monk shouldn’t give formal support.35.2.10Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.35.2.11Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṁ dātun”ti.I allow a competent and capable monk who has ten or more years of seniority to give formal support.”
35.2.12Bālaabyattavatthu niṭṭhitaṁ.The section on the ignorant and incompetent is finished.
36.1.022. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā22. Discussion of the ending of formal support
36.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti.At that time there were preceptors and teachers who went away, disrobed, died, or joined another religion or sect, but their pupils did not know about the ending of support.36.1.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
36.1.3“Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā—“There are these five reasons why the formal support from a preceptor comes to an end:36.1.4upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī.the preceptor goes away; the preceptor disrobes; the preceptor dies; the preceptor joins another religion or sect; or the preceptor orders it.36.1.5Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā.
36.1.6Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā—There are these six reasons why the formal support from a teacher comes to an end:36.1.7ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti.the teacher goes away; the teacher disrobes; the teacher dies; the teacher joins another religion or sect; the teacher orders it; or one is reunited with one’s preceptor.”36.1.8Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā.
36.1.9Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā niṭṭhitā.The discussion of the ending of formal support is finished.
36.2.023. Upasampādetabbapañcaka23. The five requirements for giving the full ordination
36.2.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.2.2Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—He doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained.36.2.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.3.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.3.2Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—He has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained.36.3.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.4.1PTS 1.63Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.4.2Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā;He neither has it himself nor encourages others in the virtue,36.4.3attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā;stillness,36.4.4attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā;wisdom,36.4.5attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā;freedom,36.4.6attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā—or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained.36.4.7imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.5.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.5.2Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā;He both has it himself and encourages others in the virtue,36.5.3attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā;stillness,36.5.4attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā;wisdom,36.5.5attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā;freedom,36.5.6attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā—and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained.36.5.7imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.6.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.6.2Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti—He has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; and he is lazy and absentminded.36.6.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.7.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.7.2Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti—He has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, and mindfulness.36.7.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.8.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.8.2Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti—He has failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, and the higher view; and he’s ignorant and foolish.36.8.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.9.1PTS 1.64Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.9.2Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti—He hasn’t failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, or the higher view; he’s learned and wise.36.9.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.10.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.10.2Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ na jānāti—He’s not capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; and to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he doesn’t know the offenses; and he doesn’t know how offenses are cleared.36.10.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.11.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.11.2Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti—He’s capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; and to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he knows the offenses; and he knows how offenses are cleared.36.11.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.12.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.12.2Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ—He’s not capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views.36.12.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.13.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.13.2Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ—He’s capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views.36.13.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.14.1PTS 1.65Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.14.2Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition.36.14.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.15.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.15.2Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition.36.15.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.16.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.36.16.2Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti—He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; he has less than ten years of seniority.36.16.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
36.17.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.36.17.2Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has ten or more years of seniority.”36.17.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo”ti.
36.17.4Upasampādetabbapañcakasoḷasavāro niṭṭhito.The section consisting of sixteen groups of five requirements for giving the full ordination is finished.
37.1.024. Upasampādetabbachakka24. The six requirements for giving the full ordination
37.1.1“Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.1.2PTS 1.66Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—He doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has less than ten years of seniority.37.1.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.2.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.2.2Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has ten or more years of seniority.37.2.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.3.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.3.2Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā;He neither has it himself nor encourages others in the virtue,37.3.3attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā;stillness,37.3.4attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā;wisdom,37.3.5attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā;freedom,37.3.6attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā;or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained,37.3.7ūnadasavasso hoti—and he has less than ten years of seniority.37.3.8imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.4.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.4.2Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā.He both has it himself and encourages others in the virtue, stillness,37.4.3Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā.wisdom,37.4.4Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā.freedom,37.4.5Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā;and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained,37.4.6dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—and he has ten or more years of seniority.37.4.7imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.5.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.5.2Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—He has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; he is lazy and absentminded; and he has less than ten years of seniority.37.5.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.6.1PTS 1.67Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.6.2Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, mindfulness, and ten or more years of seniority.37.6.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.7.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.7.2Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—He has failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, and the higher view; he’s ignorant and foolish; and he has less than ten years of seniority.37.7.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.8.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.8.2Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He hasn’t failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, or the higher view; he’s learned and wise; and he has ten or more years of seniority.37.8.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.9.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.9.2Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti—He’s not capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know how offenses are cleared; and he has less than ten years of seniority.37.9.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.10.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.10.2Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He’s capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he knows the offenses; he knows how offenses are cleared; and he has ten or more years of seniority.37.10.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.11.1PTS 1.68Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.11.2Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, ūnadasavasso hoti—He’s not capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; or to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And he has less than ten years of seniority.37.11.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.12.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.12.2Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He’s capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; and to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And he has ten or more years of seniority.37.12.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.13.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him.37.13.2Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti—He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition; he has less than ten years of seniority.37.13.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
37.14.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him.37.14.2Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; he has ten or more years of seniority.”37.14.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo”ti.
37.14.4Upasampādetabbachakkacuddasavāro niṭṭhito.The section consisting of fourteen groups of six requirements for giving the full ordination is finished.
38.1.025. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā25. Discussion on those who have been monastics of another religion
38.1.1PTS 1.69Tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkami.Soon afterwards that monk who had been a monastic of another religion, and who had returned to that religious community after refuting his preceptor,38.1.2So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yāci.came back to the monks and asked for the full ordination.38.1.3Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.The monks told the Buddha.
38.1.4“Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo.“Monks, when someone who has been a monastic of another religion refutes his preceptor after being legitimately corrected by him and then returns to that religion, but then comes back from that religious community once more, he shouldn’t be given the full ordination.
38.1.5Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo.Anyone else who has been a monastic of another religion, and who wants the going forth and the full ordination on this spiritual path, should be given four months of probation.
38.2.1Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—And it should be given like this.38.2.2paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—First he should shave off his hair and beard and put on the ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this:
38.2.3‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,‘I go for refuge to the Buddha,38.2.4Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,I go for refuge to the Teaching,38.2.5Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.I go for refuge to the Sangha.
38.2.6Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha,38.2.7Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the second time, I go for refuge to the Teaching,38.2.8Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.For the second time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.
38.2.9Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha,38.2.10Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the third time, I go for refuge to the Teaching,38.2.11Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti.For the third time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.’
38.3.1Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—Then, after approaching the Sangha, he who had been a monastic of another religion should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then say this:38.3.2‘ahaṁ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṁ.‘Venerables, I have been a monastic of another religion, and I wish for the full ordination on this spiritual path.38.3.3Sohaṁ, bhante, saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācāmī’ti.I ask the Sangha for four months of probation.’38.3.4Dutiyampi yācitabbo.And he should ask a second38.3.5Tatiyampi yācitabbo.and a third time.38.3.6Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha:
38.3.7‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.38.3.8Ayaṁ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ.So-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, wants the full ordination on this spiritual path.38.3.9So saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācati.He is asking the Sangha for four months of probation.38.3.10Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṁ dadeyya.If the Sangha is ready, it should give four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion.38.3.11Esā ñatti.This is the motion.
38.4.1Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.38.4.2Ayaṁ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ.So-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, wants the full ordination on this spiritual path.38.4.3So saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācati.He is asking the Sangha for four months of probation.38.4.4Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṁ deti.The Sangha gives four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion.38.4.5Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṁ, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, should remain silent.38.4.6yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
38.4.7Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso.The Sangha has given so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, four months of probation.38.4.8PTS 1.70Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’ti.The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’
38.5.1Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṁ anārādhako.38.5.2Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti?And this is how someone who has been a monastic of another religion fails his probation:
- 38.5.3Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṁ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati.He enters the village too early and returns too late in the day.38.5.4Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
- 38.5.5Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti.He regularly associates with sex workers, widows, single women, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>, and nuns.4138.5.6Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
- 38.6.1Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, na alaṁ kātuṁ, na alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ.He’s not skilled or diligent in the various duties of his fellow monastics, and he lacks the proper judgment to organize and perform them well.38.6.2Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
- 38.6.3Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya.He doesn’t have a keen desire for recitation, for questioning, for the higher morality, for the higher mind, or for the higher wisdom.38.6.4Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
- 38.7.1Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho.He’s displeased when anyone disparages the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s pleased when anyone disparages the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha.38.7.2Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho.He’s pleased when anyone praises the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s displeased when anyone praises the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha.38.7.3Idaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṁ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṁ.This last one is the critical factor for someone who has been a monastic of another religion to fail his probation.38.7.4Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
38.7.5Evaṁ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo.When he fails in this way, he shouldn’t be given the full ordination.
38.8.1Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti?And this is how someone who has been a monastic of another religion passes his probation:
- 38.8.2Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṁ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati.He doesn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day.38.8.3Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
- 38.8.4Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti.He doesn’t regularly associate with sex workers, widows, single women, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>, or nuns.38.8.5Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
- 38.9.1PTS 1.71Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ, alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ.He’s skilled and diligent in the various duties of his fellow monastics, and he has the proper judgment to organize and perform them well.38.9.2Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
- 38.9.3Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya.He has a keen desire for recitation, for questioning, for the higher morality, for the higher mind, and for the higher wisdom.38.9.4Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
- 38.10.1Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho.He’s pleased when anyone disparages the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s displeased when anyone disparages the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha.38.10.2Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho.He’s displeased when anyone praises the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s pleased when anyone praises the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha.38.10.3Idaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṁ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṁ.This last one is the critical factor for someone who has been a monastic of another religion to pass his probation.38.10.4Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
38.10.5Evaṁ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo.When he passes in this way, he should be given the full ordination.
38.11.1Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṁ cīvaraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ.If someone who has been a monastic of another religion arrives naked, a robe should be sought through his preceptor.38.11.2Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya.If he arrives with hair, he should get permission from the Sangha to shave.38.11.3Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṁ parivāso dātabbo.But any dreadlocked, fire-worshiping ascetic who comes to be ordained should be given the full ordination without probation.38.11.4Taṁ kissa hetu?Why is that?38.11.5Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino.Because they believe that deeds and actions have results.38.11.6Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati, so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo.And if someone comes to be ordained who has been a monastic of another religion but is a Sakyan by birth, he should be given the full ordination without probation.38.11.7Imāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṁ āveṇikaṁ parihāraṁ dammī”ti.I give this special privilege to my relatives.”
38.11.8Aññatitthiyapubbakathā niṭṭhitā.The discussion on those who have been monastics of another religion is finished.
38.11.9Sattamo bhāṇavāro.The seventh section for recitation is finished.
39.1.026. Pañcābādhavatthu26. The five diseases
39.1.1Tena kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti—At that time in Magadha, there were five common diseases:39.1.2kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro.leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, and epilepsy.4239.1.3Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadanti—When people were sick with any of these, they went to Jīvaka Komārabhacca and said,39.1.4“sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.“Doctor, please treat us.”
39.1.5“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo;He replied, “I’m very busy.39.1.6PTS 1.72rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho;I look after King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha and his harem. I also look after the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha.39.1.7nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti.I’m not able to treat you.”
39.1.8“Sabbaṁ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu;“We’ll give you everything we own,39.1.9mayañca te dāsā;and we’ll be your slave, too.39.1.10sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.Please treat us, doctor.”
39.2.1“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho;Jīvaka repeated what he had already said.39.2.2nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti.39.2.3Atha kho tesaṁ manussānaṁ etadahosi—And those people thought,39.2.4“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti.“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind.39.2.5Yannūna mayaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma.Why don’t we go forth with the Sakyan monastics?39.2.6Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī”ti.If we do, the monks will nurse us and Jīvaka Komārabhacca will treat us.”
39.2.7Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu.They then went to the monks and asked for the going forth.39.2.8Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ.The monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination.39.2.9Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṁsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi.And the monks nursed them, and Jīvaka treated them.
39.3.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti—At one time the monks were nursing many sick monks. As a result, they kept on asking,39.3.2“gilānabhattaṁ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ detha, gilānabhesajjaṁ dethā”ti.“Please give a meal for the sick and for those nursing the sick. Please give medicines for the sick.”39.3.3Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṁ rājakiccaṁ parihāpesi.And because Jīvaka was treating many sick monks, he was unable to fulfill his duty to King Bimbisāra.
39.4.1Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca—Then a certain man who was afflicted with one of the five diseases went to Jīvaka and said,39.4.2“sādhu maṁ, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.“Doctor, please treat me.”
39.4.3“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho;He replied, “I’m very busy. I look after the king of Magadha and his harem. I also look after the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha.39.4.4nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti.I’m not able to treat you.”
39.4.5“Sabbaṁ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso;“I will give you everything I own, and I’ll be your slave, too.39.4.6sādhu maṁ, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti.Please treat me, doctor.”
39.4.7“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti.Jīvaka repeated what he had already said.39.5.1Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi—That man thought,39.5.2“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti.“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind.39.5.3Yannūnāhaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ.Why don’t I go forth with the Sakyan monastics?39.5.4Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati.If I do, the monks will nurse me, and Jīvaka Komārabhacca will treat me.39.5.5Somhi arogo vibbhamissāmī”ti.And when I’m healthy, I’ll disrobe.”
39.5.6Atha kho so puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth.39.5.7Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ.The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination,39.5.8Taṁ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṁsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi.after which they nursed him and Jīvaka treated him.39.5.9So arogo vibbhami.When he was healthy again, he disrobed.
39.5.10PTS 1.73Addasā kho jīvako komārabhacco taṁ purisaṁ vibbhantaṁ, disvāna taṁ purisaṁ etadavoca—Jīvaka saw that man after he had disrobed, and he asked him,39.5.11“nanu tvaṁ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī”ti?“Didn’t you go forth with the monks?”
39.5.12“Evaṁ, ācariyā”ti.“Yes, doctor.”
39.5.13“Kissa pana tvaṁ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī”ti?“And why did you do it?”
39.5.14Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṁ ārocesi.When that man had told him what had happened,39.6.1Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—Jīvaka complained and criticized the monks,39.6.2“kathañhi nāma bhadantā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.“How could the venerables allow one with the five diseases to go forth?”
39.6.3Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down,39.6.4Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—and said,39.6.5“sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti.“Please, sir, may the venerables not allow those with the five diseases to go forth.”39.7.1Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching.39.7.2Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.Jīvaka then got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left.39.7.3Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
39.7.4“na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to anyone afflicted with any of the five diseases.39.7.5Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
40.1.027. Rājabhaṭavatthu27. Those employed by the king
40.1.1Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti.On one occasion unrest erupted in the outlying districts governed by King Bimbisāra.40.1.2Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi—The king told his generals,40.1.3“gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṁ uccinathā”ti.“Go and sort out those districts.”
40.1.4“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṁ.“Yes, sir.”
40.2.1Atha kho abhiññātānaṁ abhiññātānaṁ yodhānaṁ etadahosi—But the most distinguished soldiers thought,40.2.2“mayaṁ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavāma.“If we go and enjoy the battle, we’ll do what’s bad and make much demerit.40.2.3Kena nu kho mayaṁ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā”ti?How can we avoid what’s bad and do what’s good instead?”
40.2.4Atha kho tesaṁ yodhānaṁ etadahosi—It occurred to them,40.2.5“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā.“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character.40.2.6Sace kho mayaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā”ti.If we go forth with them, we’ll avoid what’s bad and do what’s good.”40.2.7Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu.Those soldiers then went to the monks and asked for the going forth.40.2.8Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ.And the monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination.
40.3.1Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṁsu—Soon afterwards the generals asked among the king’s employees,40.3.2PTS 1.74“kiṁ nu kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī”ti?“Where are the soldiers so-and-so and so-and-so?”
40.3.3“Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā”ti.“They’ve gone forth with the monks.”
40.3.4Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The generals complained and criticized the monks,40.3.5“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to those who are employed by the king?”40.3.6Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told King Bimbisāra.
40.3.7Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi—The king then asked the judges,40.3.8“yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṁ pabbājeti, kiṁ so pasavatī”ti?“What’s the penalty for one who gives the going forth to someone employed by the king?”
40.3.9“Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṁ chetabbaṁ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā”ti.“The preceptor should have his head cut off, the one who does the formal proclamation should have his tongue cut out, and the participating group should have half their ribs broken.”
40.4.1Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.The king went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down,40.4.2Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—and said,40.4.3“santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā.“Sir, there are kings with little faith and confidence.40.4.4Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṁ.They would give the monks a hard time even over small matters.40.4.5Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti.Please, may the venerables not give the going forth to those employed by a king.”40.4.6Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching.40.4.7Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.The king then got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left.40.4.8Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
40.4.9“na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to anyone employed by a king.40.4.10Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
41.1.028. Aṅgulimālacoravatthu28. The criminal Aṅgulimāla
41.1.1Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.At that time the criminal Aṅgulimāla had gone forth with the monks.41.1.2Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi, aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṁ karonti, dvārampi thakenti.When people saw him, they became alarmed and fearful. They turned away, took a different path, ran off, and closed their doors.41.1.3Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,41.1.4“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti.“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to a notorious criminal?”41.1.5Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard the complaints of those people.41.1.6Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They then told the Buddha. …
41.1.7“na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a notorious criminal.41.1.8Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
42.1.029. Kārabhedakacoravatthu29. The escaped criminal
42.1.1PTS 1.75Tena kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena anuññātaṁ hoti—At that time King Bimbisāra had made the following declaration:42.1.2“ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ;“Nothing should be done to anyone who has gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.42.1.3svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti.The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Allow them to practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.”
42.1.4Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṁ katvā kārāya baddho hoti.Soon afterwards a certain thief was put in prison.42.1.5So kāraṁ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.But he escaped, ran away, and went forth with the monks.42.2.1Manussā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—When people saw him, they said,42.2.2“ayaṁ so kārabhedako coro.“There’s that criminal who escaped from prison.42.2.3Handa naṁ nemā”ti.Let’s get him!”42.2.4Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—But some said,42.2.5“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha.“No,42.2.6Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena—the king has declared42.2.7‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ;that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.”42.2.8svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.
42.2.9Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,42.2.10“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ.“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them.42.2.11Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti.So how could they give the going forth to an escaped criminal?”42.2.12Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
42.2.13“Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to an escaped criminal.42.2.14Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
43.1.030. Likhitakacoravatthu30. The wanted criminal
43.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṁ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.On one occasion a certain man stole something, ran away, and then went forth with the monks.43.1.2So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti—Yet the king’s court had issued a statement:4343.1.3yattha passati, tattha hantabboti.“He should be executed wherever he’s seen.”
43.1.4Manussā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—When people saw him, they said,43.1.5“ayaṁ so likhitako coro.“There’s that wanted criminal.4443.1.6Handa naṁ hanāmā”ti.Let’s execute him!”
43.1.7Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—But some said,43.1.8“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha.“No,43.1.9Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.”
43.1.10Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,43.1.11“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ.“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them.43.1.12Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti.So how could they give the going forth to a wanted criminal?”43.1.13Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
43.1.14“Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a wanted criminal.43.1.15Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
44.1.031. Kasāhatavatthu31. The one who had been whipped
44.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.At one time a certain man who had been whipped as a penalty went forth with the monks.44.1.2Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,44.1.3“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṁ katadaṇḍakammaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to one who has been whipped as a penalty?”44.1.4Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
44.1.5“Na, bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who has been whipped as a penalty.44.1.6Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
45.1.032. Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu32. The one who had been branded
45.1.1PTS 1.76Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.At one time a certain man who had been branded as a penalty went forth with the monks.45.1.2Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,45.1.3“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṁ katadaṇḍakammaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to one who has been branded as a penalty?”45.1.4Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
45.1.5“Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who has been branded as a penalty.45.1.6Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
46.1.033. Iṇāyikavatthu33. The one in debt
46.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.On one occasion a certain indebted man ran away and went forth with the monks.46.1.2Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—Soon afterwards the creditors saw him and said,46.1.3“ayaṁ so amhākaṁ iṇāyiko.“There’s that man who owes us.46.1.4Handa naṁ nemā”ti.Let’s get him!”
46.1.5Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—But some said,46.1.6“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha.“No,46.1.7Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena—King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.”46.1.8‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ;46.1.9svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.
46.1.10Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,46.1.11“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā.“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable;46.1.12Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ.you can’t do anything to them.46.1.13Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.So how could they give the going forth to an indebted person?”46.1.14Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
46.1.15“Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who is indebted.46.1.16Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
47.1.034. Dāsavatthu34. The slave
47.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.On one occasion a certain slave ran away and went forth with the monks.47.1.2Ayyakā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—Soon afterwards the owners saw him and said,47.1.3“ayaṁ so amhākaṁ dāso.“There’s our slave.47.1.4Handa naṁ nemā”ti.Let’s get him!”
47.1.5Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—But some said,47.1.6“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha, anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti.“No, King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.”
47.1.7Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,47.1.8“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ.“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them.47.1.9Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṁ pabbājessantī”ti.So how could they give the going forth to a slave?”47.1.10Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
47.1.11“Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a slave.47.1.12Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
48.1.035. Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu35. The shaven-headed smith
48.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṁ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.At that time a certain shaven-headed smith had quarreled with his parents. He then went to the monastery and went forth with the monks.48.1.2Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṁ kammārabhaṇḍuṁ vicinantā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṁsu—While looking for their son, the parents came to that monastery. They asked the monks,48.1.3“api, bhante, evarūpaṁ dārakaṁ passeyyāthā”ti?“Venerables, have you by any chance seen such-and-such a boy?”48.1.4Bhikkhū ajānaṁyeva āhaṁsu—Because they had not,48.1.5“na jānāmā”ti, apassaṁyeva āhaṁsu—they said,48.1.6“na passāmā”ti.“No.”
48.2.1PTS 1.77Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṁ kammārabhaṇḍuṁ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṁ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—Soon afterwards those parents saw that their son had gone forth as a monk. They then complained and criticized the monks,48.2.2“alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino.“These Sakyan monastics are shameless and immoral liars.48.2.3Jānaṁyeva āhaṁsu—‘na jānāmā’ti, passaṁyeva āhaṁsu—‘na passāmā’ti.They deny knowing what they know and having seen what they’ve seen.48.2.4Ayaṁ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito”ti.Our boy has gone forth as a monk.”48.2.5Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard the complaints of those parents.48.2.6Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
48.2.7“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṁ apaloketuṁ bhaṇḍukammāyā”ti.“You should get permission from the Sangha to shave someone’s head.”
49.1.036. Upālidārakavatthu36. The boy Upāli
49.1.1Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti.At that time in Rājagaha, there was a group of seventeen boys who were friends49.1.2Upālidārako tesaṁ pāmokkho hoti.and had Upāli as their leader.
49.1.3Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—On one occasion Upāli’s parents thought,49.1.4“kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti?“How can we make sure that Upāli is able to live happily without exhausting himself after we’ve passed away?49.1.5Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—49.1.6“sace kho upāli lekhaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti.He could become a clerk,49.1.7Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—49.1.8“sace kho upāli lekhaṁ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti.but then his fingers will hurt.49.1.9Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti.Or he could become an accountant,49.1.10Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—49.2.1“sace kho upāli gaṇanaṁ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati.but then his chest will hurt.49.2.2Sace kho upāli rūpaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti.Or he could become a banker,49.2.3Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—49.2.4“sace kho upāli rūpaṁ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti.but then his eyes will hurt.49.2.5Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti.These Sakyan monastics, however, have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind.49.2.6Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti.If Upāli goes forth with them, he’ll be able to live happily without exhausting himself after we’ve passed away.”
49.3.1Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ.Upāli overheard this conversation between his parents.49.3.2Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca—He then went to the other boys and said,49.3.3“etha mayaṁ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā”ti.“Come, let’s go forth with the Sakyan monastics.”
49.3.4“Sace kho tvaṁ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṁ mayampi pabbajissāmā”ti.“If you go forth, so will we.”
49.3.5Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṁ—The boys went each to his own parents and said,49.3.6“anujānātha maṁ agārasmā anāgāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti.“Please allow me to go forth into homelessness.”49.3.7PTS 1.78Atha kho tesaṁ dārakānaṁ mātāpitaro—Because the parents knew49.3.8“sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā”ti—that all the boys had the same desire and good intentions,49.3.9anujāniṁsu.they gave their approval.49.3.10Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu.The boys then went to the monks and asked them for the going forth,49.3.11Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ upasampādesuṁ.and the monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination.
49.4.1Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti—Soon afterwards they got up early in the morning and cried,49.4.2“yāguṁ detha, bhattaṁ detha, khādanīyaṁ dethā”ti.“Give us congee, give us a meal, give us fresh food!”45
49.4.3Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks said,49.4.4“āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati.“Wait until it gets light.49.4.5Sace yāgu bhavissati pivissatha, sace bhattaṁ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṁ bhavissati khādissatha;If any of that becomes available then, you can have it.49.4.6no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṁ vā khādanīyaṁ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā”ti.If not, you’ll eat after walking for alms.”49.4.7Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva “yāguṁ detha, bhattaṁ detha, khādanīyaṁ dethā”ti;But they carried on as before.49.4.8senāsanaṁ uhadantipi ummihantipi.And they defecated and urinated on the furniture.46
49.5.1Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṁ.After rising early in the morning, the Buddha heard the sound of those boys.49.5.2Sutvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—He asked Venerable Ānanda,49.5.3“kiṁ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo”ti?49.5.4Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi …pe…who told him what was happening. Soon afterwards he had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks:49.5.5“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādentī”ti?“Is it true, monks, that the monks give the full ordination to people they know are less than twenty years old?”
49.5.6“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.“It’s true, sir.”
49.5.7Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…The Buddha rebuked them …49.5.8kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādessanti.“How can those foolish men do this?49.6.1Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti.A person who’s less than twenty years old is unable to endure cold and heat; hunger and thirst; horseflies, mosquitoes, wind, and the burning sun; creeping animals and insects; and rude and unwelcome speech. And they’re unable to bear up with bodily feelings that are painful, severe, sharp, and destructive of life.4749.6.2Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti.But a person who’s twenty is able to endure these things.49.6.3Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe…This will affect people’s confidence …”49.6.4vigarahitvā …pe…After rebuking them …49.6.5dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
49.6.6“na, bhikkhave, jānaṁ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to a person you know is less than twenty years old.49.6.7Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo”ti.If you do, you should be dealt with according to the rule.”48
50.1.037. Ahivātakarogavatthu37. The deadly and contagious disease
50.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ kulaṁ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṁ hoti.At one time most of the members of a particular family had died from a deadly and contagious disease.50.1.2Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti.Only a father and son were left.50.1.3Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekatova piṇḍāya caranti.After going forth as monks, they walked together for alms.50.1.4Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca—Then, when the boy had handed over his almsfood to his father, he said,50.1.5“mayhampi, tāta, dehi;“Give to me too, daddy!”50.1.6mayhampi, tāta, dehī”ti.
50.1.7PTS 1.79Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized the monks,50.1.8“abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā.“These Sakyan monastics are not celibate.50.1.9Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto”ti.This boy was born to a nun!”50.1.10Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard the complaints of those people50.1.11Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.and they told the Buddha.
50.1.12“Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a boy less than fifteen years old.50.1.13Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
51.1.1Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ saddhaṁ pasannaṁ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṁ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti.At that time there was a family with faith and confidence that was supporting Venerable Ānanda. Then most of its members died from a deadly and contagious disease, and only two boys were left behind.51.1.2Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti.When they saw the monks, they ran up to them, as they had done before.51.1.3Bhikkhū apasādenti.When the monks dismissed them,51.1.4Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti.they cried.
51.1.5Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi—Ānanda thought,51.1.6“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule51.1.7‘na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo’ti.that a boy less than fifteen years old shouldn’t be given the going forth,51.1.8Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā.which applies to these boys.51.1.9Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyun”ti?How then can I make sure that these boys don’t perish?”51.1.10Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.He told the Buddha.
51.1.11“Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetun”ti?“Are they able, Ānanda, to scare away crows?”
51.1.12“Ussahanti, bhagavā”ti.“Yes.”51.1.13Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
51.1.14“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṁ dārakaṁ kākuḍḍepakaṁ pabbājetun”ti.“I allow you to give the going forth to a boy less than fifteen years old if he’s able to scare away crows.”
52.1.038. Kaṇṭakavatthu38. Kaṇṭaka
52.1.1Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti—At one time Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had two novice monks,52.1.2kaṇṭako ca mahako ca.Kaṇṭaka and Mahaka.52.1.3Te aññamaññaṁ dūsesuṁ.They had sex with each other.52.1.4Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks complained and criticized them,52.1.5“kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṁ anācāraṁ ācarissantī”ti.“How could novice monks misbehave like this?”52.1.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
52.1.7“Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā.“A single monk shouldn’t have two novice monks attend on him.52.1.8Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”
53.1.039. Āhundarikavatthu39. The obscure
53.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṁ vasi, tattha hemantaṁ, tattha gimhaṁ.At one time the Buddha was staying right there at Rājagaha during the rainy season, the winter, and the summer.53.1.2Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained,53.1.3“āhundarikā samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtiyānaṁ disā andhakārā, na imesaṁ disā pakkhāyantī”ti.“The districts are left in darkness and obscurity by the Sakyan monastics. They don’t brighten them up by their presence.”
53.1.4Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard the complaints of those people53.1.5Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.and told the Buddha.53.2.1Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—He said to Venerable Ānanda,53.2.2PTS 1.80“gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ārocehi—“Take a key, Ānanda, and go around the yards, informing the monks that53.2.3‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkamituṁ.the Buddha wishes to go wandering in the Southern Hills.53.2.4Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’”ti.Anyone is welcome to join him.”
53.2.5“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ārocesi—Saying, “Yes, sir,” he did just that.
53.2.6“icchatāvuso, bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkamituṁ.53.2.7Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū”ti.
53.3.1Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks said,53.3.2“bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṁ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṁ, dasavassena nissayaṁ dātuṁ.“Ānanda, the Buddha has laid down a rule that one must live with formal support for ten years and that one who has ten years’ seniority can give such support.53.3.3Tattha ca no gantabbaṁ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṁ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati.If we were to go, we would have to obtain support for a short time, and when we returned, we would have to obtain support once again.53.3.4Sace amhākaṁ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma;So, if our preceptors and teachers go, we’ll go too.53.3.5no ce amhākaṁ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma.If they don’t, neither will we.53.3.6Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī”ti.We don’t want the burden.”
53.4.1Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkāmi.As a result, the Buddha went wandering in the Southern Hills with a small group of monks.
53.4.2.040. Nissayamuccanakakathā40. Discussion of release from formal support
53.4.2.1Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṁ paccāgacchi.After staying in the Southern Hills for as long as he liked, the Buddha returned to Rājagaha.53.4.3Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—He then asked Ānanda,53.4.4“kiṁ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkanto”ti?“Why was it so small, Ānanda, the group of monks that came wandering with me in the Southern Hills?”53.4.5Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.Ānanda told him what had happened.53.4.6Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
53.4.7“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṁ, abyattena yāvajīvaṁ.“A competent and capable monk should live with formal support for five years, but one who is incompetent should live with formal support for life.
53.5.1Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.A monk who has five qualities should live with formal support:53.5.2Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—he doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained.53.5.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.5.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support:53.5.5Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena.he has the virtue, stillness,53.5.6Asekkhena paññākkhandhena …wisdom,53.5.7asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena …freedom,53.5.8asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained.53.5.9imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.6.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support:53.6.2Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti—he has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence, and is lazy and absentminded.53.6.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.6.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support:53.6.5PTS 1.81Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti—he has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, and mindfulness.53.6.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.7.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support:53.7.2Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti—he has failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, and the higher view; he’s ignorant and foolish.53.7.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.7.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support:53.7.5Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti—he hasn’t failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, or the higher view; he’s learned and wise.53.7.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.8.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support:53.8.2Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition.53.8.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.8.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support:53.8.5Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition.53.8.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.9.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support:53.9.2Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; he has less than five years of seniority.53.9.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.9.4Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support:53.9.5Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has five or more years of seniority.”53.9.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.9.7Pañcakadasavāro niṭṭhito.The section consisting of ten groups of five is finished.
53.10.1Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has six qualities should live with formal support:53.10.2Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—he doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has less than five years of seniority.53.10.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.10.4Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support:53.10.5Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—he has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has five or more years of seniority.53.10.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.11.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support:53.11.2Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—he has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; he is lazy and absentminded; and he has less than five years of seniority.53.11.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.11.4Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support:53.11.5Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—he has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, mindfulness, and five or more years of seniority.53.11.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.12.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support:53.12.2Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—he has failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, and the higher view; he’s ignorant and foolish; he has less than five years of seniority.53.12.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.12.4Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support:53.12.5Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—he hasn’t failed in the higher morality, the higher conduct, or the higher view; he’s learned and wise; he has five or more years of seniority.53.12.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.13.1Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support:53.13.2Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti—he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition; he has less than five years of seniority.53.13.3imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ.
53.13.4Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ.But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support:53.13.5Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; he has five or more years of seniority.”53.13.6imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabban”ti.
53.13.7Abhayūvarabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo.The eighth section for recitation on untouchable is finished.
54.1.041. Rāhulavatthu41. Rāhula
54.1.1PTS 1.82Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.After staying at Rājagaha for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Kapilavatthu in the Sakyan country.54.1.2Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari.When he eventually arrived,54.1.3Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.he stayed in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
54.1.4Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.In the morning the Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and went to Suddhodana the Sakyan’s house where he sat down on the prepared seat.54.1.5Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ etadavoca—The queen, the mother of Rāhula, said to the boy,54.1.6“eso te, rāhula, pitā.“This is your father, Rāhula.54.1.7Gacchassu, dāyajjaṁ yācāhī”ti.Go and ask for your inheritance.”54.2.1Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi—Rāhula went up to the Buddha, stood in front of him, and said,54.2.2“sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā”ti.“Ascetic, your shadow is pleasant.”54.2.3Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.When the Buddha got up from his seat and left,54.2.4Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi—Rāhula followed behind, saying54.2.5“dāyajjaṁ me, samaṇa, dehi;“Give me my inheritance!54.2.6dāyajjaṁ me, samaṇa, dehī”ti.Give me my inheritance!”54.2.7Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi—The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,54.2.8“tena hi tvaṁ, sāriputta, rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājehī”ti.“Well then, Sāriputta, give Rāhula the going forth.”
54.2.9“Kathāhaṁ, bhante, rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājemī”ti?“But how, sir?”
54.3.1Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
54.3.2“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṁ.“The going forth as a novice monk should be given through the taking of the three refuges.
54.3.3Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo—It should be done like this.54.3.4paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—First the candidate should shave off his hair and beard and put on ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this:
54.3.5‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,‘I go for refuge to the Buddha,54.3.6Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,I go for refuge to the Teaching,54.3.7Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.I go for refuge to the Sangha.
54.3.8Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha,54.3.9Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the second time, I go for refuge to the Teaching,54.3.10Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi.For the second time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.
54.3.11Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha,54.3.12Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi,For the third time, I go for refuge to the Teaching,54.3.13Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti.For the third time, I go for refuge to the Sangha.’”
54.3.14Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjan”ti.
54.4.1Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājesi.And Sāriputta gave Rāhula the going forth.
54.4.2Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.Soon afterwards Suddhodana went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down,54.4.3Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—and said,54.4.4“ekāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ varaṁ yācāmī”ti.“Sir, I want to ask for a favor.”
54.4.5“Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā”ti.“Buddhas don’t grant favors, Gotama.”
54.4.6“Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajjan”ti.“It’s allowable and blameless.”
54.4.7“Vadehi, gotamā”ti.“Well then, say what it is.”
54.5.1“Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṁ dukkhaṁ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṁ rāhule.“When the Buddha went forth, it was very painful for me, and the same when Nanda went forth. With Rāhula, it’s even worse.54.5.2PTS 1.83Puttapemaṁ, bhante, chaviṁ chindati, chaviṁ chetvā cammaṁ chindati, cammaṁ chetvā maṁsaṁ chindati, maṁsaṁ chetvā nhāruṁ chindati, nhāruṁ chetvā aṭṭhiṁ chindati, aṭṭhiṁ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṁ āhacca tiṭṭhati.Affection for a child cuts deep. It cuts through the outer and inner skin; it cuts through the flesh, the sinews, and the bones, and it reaches all the way to the bone-marrow.54.5.3Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṁ mātāpitūhi puttaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti.Please, may the venerables not give the going forth to a child without the parents’ permission.”
54.6.1Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṁ sakkaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching,54.6.2Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.after which Suddhodana got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left.54.6.3Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:
54.6.4“na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a child without the parents’ permission.54.6.5Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
55.1.1Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.After staying at Kapilavatthu for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Sāvatthī.55.1.2Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari.When he eventually arrived,55.1.3Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.he stayed in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery.
55.1.4Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṁ pāhesi—At this time a family that was supporting Sāriputta sent him a boy with this message:55.1.5“imaṁ dārakaṁ thero pabbājetū”ti.“Please give the going forth to this boy.”
55.1.6Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi—Sāriputta thought,55.1.7“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule55.1.8‘na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā’ti.that a monk shouldn’t have two novices attend on him.55.1.9Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero.I already have the novice Rāhula.55.1.10Kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?So what should I do now?”55.1.11Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.He told the Buddha.
55.1.12“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṁ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṁ anusāsituṁ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetun”ti.“I allow a competent and capable monk to have two novice monks attend on him, or however many he’s able to teach and instruct.”
56.1.042. Sikkhāpadakathā42. Discussion of the training rules
56.1.1Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṁ etadahosi—Soon afterwards the novices thought,56.1.2“kati nu kho amhākaṁ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabban”ti?“How many training rules do we have that we should train in?”56.1.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …
56.1.4“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṁ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṁ—“There are ten training rules for the novice monks:
- 56.1.5PTS 1.84pāṇātipātā veramaṇī,Abstention from killing living beings,
- 56.1.6adinnādānā veramaṇī,Abstention from stealing,
- 56.1.7abrahmacariyā veramaṇī,Abstention from sexual activity,
- 56.1.8musāvādā veramaṇī,Abstention from lying,
- 56.1.9surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī,Abstention from alcoholic drinks that cause heedlessness,
- 56.1.10vikālabhojanā veramaṇī,Abstention from eating at the wrong time,
- 56.1.11naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī,Abstention from dancing, singing, music, and seeing shows,
- 56.1.12mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī,Abstention from wearing garlands and using scents and cosmetics,
- 56.1.13uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī,Abstention from high and luxurious resting places,49
- 56.1.14jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī.Abstention from receiving gold, silver, and money.”50
56.1.15Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṁ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitun”ti.
57.1.043. Daṇḍakammavatthu43. Penalties
57.1.1Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti.Soon the novice monks were being disrespectful, undeferential, and rude toward the monks.57.1.2Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks complained and criticized them,57.1.3“kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī”ti.“How can the novices behave like this?”57.1.4Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …
57.1.5“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātuṁ.“I allow you to penalize a novice monk who has five qualities:
- 57.1.6Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati,He’s trying to stop monks from getting material support.
- 57.1.7bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati,He’s trying to harm monks.
- 57.1.8bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati,He’s trying to make monks lose their place of residence.
- 57.1.9bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati,He abuses and reviles monks.
- 57.1.10bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti—He causes division between monks.”
57.1.11anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātun”ti.
57.2.1Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—The monks didn’t know57.2.2“kiṁ nu kho daṇḍakammaṁ kātabban”ti?which penalty to impose.57.2.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
57.2.4“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṁ kātun”ti.“I allow you to place restrictions on the novice monks.”
57.2.5Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṁ sabbaṁ saṅghārāmaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti.The monks restricted the novices from the whole monastery.57.2.6Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṁ pavisituṁ alabhamānā pakkamantipi, vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti.Because they were unable to enter the monastery, the novices left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions.57.2.7Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
57.2.8“Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṁ kātabbo.“You shouldn’t restrict anyone from a whole monastery.57.2.9Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.57.2.10Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṁ kātun”ti.I allow you to make restrictions for the place you’re staying and its access areas.”51
57.3.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṁ mukhadvārikaṁ āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti.The monks placed restrictions on the novices’ food.57.3.2Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṁ vadenti—People making congee and meals for the Sangha said to the novices,57.3.3“etha, bhante, yāguṁ pivatha;“Come, venerables, and drink congee.57.3.4etha, bhante, bhattaṁ bhuñjathā”ti.Come and eat a meal.”
57.3.5Sāmaṇerā evaṁ vadenti—The novices replied,57.3.6“nāvuso, labbhā.“We can’t.57.3.7Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṁ katan”ti.The monks have placed a restriction on us.”
57.3.8Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized them,57.3.9“kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṁ mukhadvārikaṁ āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ karissantī”ti.“How can the venerables restrict the novices’ food?”57.3.10Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
57.3.11“Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṁ kātabbo.“You shouldn’t place restrictions on food.57.3.12Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
57.3.13Daṇḍakammavatthu niṭṭhitaṁ.The account of penalties is finished.
58.1.044. Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu44. Prohibiting without asking permission
58.1.1PTS 1.85Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti.On one occasion the monks from the group of six placed restrictions on novices without asking their preceptors for permission.58.1.2Upajjhāyā gavesanti—The preceptors58.1.3“kathaṁ nu kho amhākaṁ sāmaṇerā na dissantī”ti.could not find their novices.58.1.4Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—When other monks58.1.5“chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṁ katan”ti.told them what had happened,58.1.6Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—the preceptors complained and criticized those monks,58.1.7“kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṁ sāmaṇerānaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karissantī”ti.“How could the monks from the group of six place restrictions on our novices without asking us for permission?”58.1.8Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
58.1.9“Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṁ kātabbaṁ.“You shouldn’t place a restriction without asking permission from the preceptor.58.1.10Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
59.1.045. Apalāḷanavatthu45. Luring away
59.1.1Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti.At one time the monks from the group of six were luring away the novices of the senior monks.59.1.2Therā sāmaṁ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti.The senior monks had to get their own tooth cleaners and water for rinsing the mouth. As a result, they became tired.59.1.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
59.1.4“Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā.“You shouldn’t lure away another’s followers.59.1.5Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
60.1.046. Kaṇṭakasāmaṇeravatthu46. The novice Kaṇṭaka
60.1.1Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṁ nāma bhikkhuniṁ dūsesi.At one time Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had a novice monk called Kaṇṭaka who raped a nun called Kaṇṭakī.5260.1.2Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—The monks complained and criticized him,60.1.3“kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṁ anācāraṁ ācarissatī”ti.“How could a novice monk misbehave in this way?”60.1.4Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
60.1.5“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ sāmaṇeraṁ nāsetuṁ.“I allow you to expel a novice monk who has ten qualities:53
- 60.1.6Pāṇātipātī hoti,He kills living beings.
- 60.1.7adinnādāyī hoti,He steals.
- 60.1.8abrahmacārī hoti,He’s not celibate.
- 60.1.9musāvādī hoti,He lies.
- 60.1.10majjapāyī hoti,He drinks alcoholic drinks.
- 60.1.11buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati,He disparages the Buddha.
- 60.1.12dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati,He disparages the Teaching.
- 60.1.13saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati,He disparages the Sangha.
- 60.1.14micchādiṭṭhiko hoti,He has wrong view.
- 60.1.15bhikkhunidūsako hoti—He has raped a nun.”54
60.1.16anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ sāmaṇeraṁ nāsetun”ti.
61.1.047. Paṇḍakavatthu47. <i lang='pi' translate='no'>Paṇḍakas</i>
61.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.At one time a certain <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> had gone forth as a monk.61.1.2So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—He went to the young monks and said,61.1.3“etha, maṁ āyasmanto dūsethā”ti.“Come, venerables, have sex with me.”
61.1.4Bhikkhū apasādenti—The monks dismissed him,61.1.5“nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho”ti.“Go away, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i>. We don’t want you.”
61.1.6So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—He went to the big and fat novices,61.1.7“etha, maṁ āvuso dūsethā”ti.said the same thing,61.1.8Sāmaṇerā apasādenti—61.1.9“nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho”ti.and got the same response.61.1.10So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—He then went to the elephant keepers and the horse keepers61.1.11“etha, maṁ āvuso dūsethā”ti.and once again said the same thing.61.1.12PTS 1.86Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṁ.And they had sex with him.
61.1.13Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—They complained and criticized him,61.1.14“paṇḍakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā.“These Sakyan monastics are <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍakas</i>.61.1.15Yepi imesaṁ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti.And those who are not have sex with them.61.1.16Evaṁ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino”ti.None of them is celibate.”
61.1.17Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ hatthibhaṇḍānaṁ assabhaṇḍānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.The monks heard their complaints61.1.18Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.and told the Buddha.
61.1.19“Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.“A <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.”55
62.1.048. Theyyasaṁvāsakavatthu48. Fake monks
62.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti.At one time there was a gentleman who had been brought up in comfort, but whose entire family had died.62.1.2Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi—He thought,62.1.3“ahaṁ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ.“I’ve been brought up in comfort and I’m incapable of making money.62.1.4Kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṁ, na ca kilameyyan”ti?How can I live happily without exhausting myself?”62.1.5Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi—It occurred to him,62.1.6“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti.“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind.62.1.7Yannūnāhaṁ sāmaṁ pattacīvaraṁ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvaseyyan”ti.Why don’t I just get myself a bowl and robes, shave off my hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and then go to the monastery and live with the monks?” And he did just that.
62.2.1Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṁ pattacīvaraṁ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti.When he came to the monastery, he bowed down to the monks.62.2.2Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks asked him,62.2.3“kativassosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti?“How many rains do you have?”
62.2.4“Kiṁ etaṁ, āvuso, kativasso nāmā”ti?“What does ‘How many rains’ mean?”
62.2.5“Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyo”ti?“Who’s your preceptor?”
62.2.6“Kiṁ etaṁ, āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmā”ti?“What’s a preceptor?”
62.2.7Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—The monks said to Venerable Upāli,62.2.8“iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṁ pabbajitaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti.“Upāli, please examine this person.”
62.3.1Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi.He then told Upāli what had happened.62.3.2Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.Upāli told the monks,62.3.3Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.who in turn told the Buddha.
62.3.4“Theyyasaṁvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.“A fake monk shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled.
62.3.5Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.Anyone who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled.”56
63.1.049. Tiracchānagatavatthu49. Animals
63.1.1PTS 1.87Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.At one time there was a dragon who was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted with his existence as a dragon.63.1.2Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi—He thought,63.1.3“kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṁ khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabheyyan”ti.“How can I get released from this existence and quickly become human?”63.1.4Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi—It occurred to him,63.1.5“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā.“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character.63.1.6Sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṁ, khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabheyyan”ti.If I were to go forth with them, I would be released from this existence as a dragon and quickly become human.”
63.2.1Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.Then, taking on the appearance of a young brahmin, that dragon went to the monks and asked for the going forth.63.2.2Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ.The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination.
63.2.3Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati.Soon afterwards that dragon was sharing a remote dwelling with a certain monk.63.2.4Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati.After getting up early one morning, that monk did walking meditation outside.63.2.5Atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṁ okkami.When the monk had left, the dragon relaxed and fell asleep.63.2.6Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti.As a result, the serpent filled the whole dwelling, its coils even protruding from the windows.63.3.1Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṁ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṁ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṁ vihāraṁ ahinā puṇṇaṁ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi.Just then that monk decided to go back inside. When he opened the door, he saw the serpent filling the whole dwelling. Terrified, he screamed.63.3.2Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocuṁ—Monks came running to and asked him why he was screaming.63.3.3“kissa tvaṁ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī”ti?63.3.4“Ayaṁ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā”ti.And he told them what had seen.
63.3.5Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi.The dragon woke up from the noise and sat down on his seat.63.3.6Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks asked him63.3.7“kosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti?who he was.63.3.8“Ahaṁ, bhante, nāgo”ti.He replied, “I’m a dragon.”
63.3.9“Kissa pana tvaṁ, āvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsī”ti?“Why did you do this?”63.3.10Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.The dragon told them what had happened,63.3.11Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.and they told the Buddha.
63.4.1Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā taṁ nāgaṁ etadavoca—He then had the Sangha of monks gathered and said to the dragon,63.4.2“tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye.“Dragons are unable to make progress on this spiritual path.63.4.3Gaccha tvaṁ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṁ upavasa, evaṁ tvaṁ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabhissasī”ti.Go, dragon, and keep the observance days of the fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the lunar half-month. In this way you’ll be released from existence as a dragon and quickly become human.”
63.4.4Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṁ imasmiṁ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṁ katvā pakkāmi.When he heard this, the dragon wept. Sad and miserable, he cried out in distress and left.63.5.1Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—And the Buddha addressed the monks:
63.5.2“dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya.“There are two occasions when dragons appear in their own form:63.5.3Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṁ okkamati—when they have sexual intercourse with each other, and when they relax and fall asleep.63.5.4ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya.
63.5.5PTS 1.88Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.Monks, an animal shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, it should be expelled.”
64.1.050. Mātughātakavatthu50. Matricides
64.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṁ jīvitā voropesi.At one time there was a young brahmin who had murdered his mother.64.1.2So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.He was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted by what he had done,64.1.3Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—and he thought,64.1.4“kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti?“How can I escape from this terrible action?”64.1.5Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—It occurred to him,64.1.6“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā.“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character.64.1.7Sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti.If I were to go forth with them, I might be released from this bad deed.”
64.2.1Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth.64.2.2Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—The monks said to Upāli,64.2.3“pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito.“Previously a dragon appearing as a young brahmin asked for the going forth.64.2.4Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṁ māṇavakaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti.So, please examine this young brahmin, Upāli.”
64.2.5Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi.The young brahmin told Upāli what had happened.64.2.6Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.Upāli told the monks,64.2.7Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…who in turn told the Buddha.
64.2.8“mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.“A matricide shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.”
65.1.051. Pitughātakavatthu51. Patricides
65.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṁ jīvitā voropesi.At one time there was a young brahmin who had murdered his father.65.1.2So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.He was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted by what he had done,65.1.3Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—and he thought,65.1.4“kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti.“How can I escape from this terrible action?”65.1.5Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—It occurred to him,65.1.6“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti.“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. If I were to go forth with them, I might be released from this bad action.”
65.1.7Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth.65.1.8Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—The monks said to Upāli,65.1.9“pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito.“Previously a dragon appearing as a young brahmin asked for the going forth.65.1.10Iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṁ māṇavakaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti.So, please examine this young brahmin, Upāli.”
65.1.11Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi.The young brahmin told Upāli what had happened.65.1.12Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.Upāli told the monks,65.1.13Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.who in turn told the Buddha.
65.1.14“Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.“A patricide shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.”
66.1.052. Arahantaghātakavatthu52. Murderers of perfected ones
66.1.1Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti.On one occasion a number of monks were traveling from Sāketa to Sāvatthī.66.1.2Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṁsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṁsu.While on their way, they were attacked by gangsters. Some of the monks were robbed and some were killed.
66.1.3Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṁ, ekacce corā palāyiṁsu.The king’s men came out from Sāvatthī. They caught some of the criminals, while others escaped.66.1.4Ye te palāyiṁsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṁsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti.Those who escaped went forth with the monks, but those who were caught were taken away for execution.66.2.1Addasaṁsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṁsu—Those who had gone forth saw the others being taken away for execution. They said,66.2.2“sādhu kho mayaṁ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṁ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā”ti.“It’s good that we escaped. Had we been caught, we would’ve been executed, too.”
66.2.3PTS 1.89Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks asked,66.2.4“kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā”ti?“But what have you done?”66.2.5Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the monks what had happened,66.2.6Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.and the monks told the Buddha.
66.2.7“Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū.“Those monks were perfected ones.
66.2.8Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.A murderer of a perfected one shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.”
67.1.053. Bhikkhunidūsakavatthu53. Rapists of nuns
67.1.1Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti.On one occasion a number of nuns were traveling from Sāketa to Sāvatthī.67.1.2Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṁsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṁ.While on their way, they were attacked by gangsters. Some of the nuns were robbed and some were raped.
67.1.3Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṁ, ekacce corā palāyiṁsu.The king’s men came out from Sāvatthī. They caught some of the criminals, while others escaped.67.1.4Ye te palāyiṁsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṁsu.Those who escaped went forth with the monks,67.1.5Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti.but those who were caught were taken away for execution.67.1.6Addasaṁsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṁsu—Those who had gone forth saw the others being taken away for execution. They said,67.1.7“sādhu kho mayaṁ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṁ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā”ti.“It’s good that we escaped. Had we been caught, we would’ve been executed, too.”
67.1.8Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—The monks asked,67.1.9“kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā”ti.“But what have you done?”67.1.10Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the monks what had happened, and67.1.11Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.the monks told the Buddha.
67.1.12“Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.“One who has raped a nun shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.
67.1.13Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.One who has caused a schism in the Sangha shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.
67.1.14Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.One who has caused the Buddha to bleed shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.”
68.1.054. Ubhatobyañjanakavatthu54. Gynandromorphs
68.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti.At one time a gynandromorph had gone forth as a monk.68.1.2So karotipi kārāpetipi.He had sex and made others have it.5768.1.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
68.1.4“Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti.“A gynandromorph shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.”58
69.1.055. Anupajjhāyakādivatthu55. Those without a preceptor, etc.
69.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṁ upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without a preceptor.69.1.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
69.1.3“Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without a preceptor.69.1.4Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
69.2.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with the Sangha as preceptor.69.2.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
69.2.3“Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with the Sangha as preceptor.69.2.4Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
69.3.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a group as preceptor.69.3.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
69.3.3“Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with a group as preceptor.69.3.4Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
69.4.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination with a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> as preceptor …69.4.2theyyasaṁvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with a fake monk as preceptor …69.4.3titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion as preceptor …69.4.4PTS 1.90tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with an animal as preceptor …69.4.5mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with a matricide as preceptor …69.4.6pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with a patricide as preceptor …69.4.7arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with a murderer of a perfected one as preceptor …69.4.8bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with one who had raped a nun as preceptor …69.4.9saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with one who had caused a schism in the Sangha as preceptor …69.4.10lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe…with one who had caused the Buddha to bleed as preceptor …69.4.11ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.with a gynandromorph as preceptor. They told the Buddha.
69.4.12“Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i> as preceptor,69.4.13na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṁvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with a fake monk as preceptor,69.4.14na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion as preceptor,69.4.15na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with an animal as preceptor,69.4.16na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with a matricide as preceptor,69.4.17na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with a patricide as preceptor,69.4.18na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with a murderer of a perfected one as preceptor,69.4.19na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with one who has raped a nun as preceptor,69.4.20na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with one who has caused a schism in the Sangha as preceptor,69.4.21na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe…with one who has caused the Buddha to bleed as preceptor,69.4.22na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo.or with a gynandromorph as preceptor.69.4.23Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.1.056. Apattakādivatthu56. Those without an almsbowl, etc.
70.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṁ upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without an almsbowl.70.1.2Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti.When walking for alms, he received it in his hands.70.1.3Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,70.1.4“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.”70.1.5Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
70.1.6“Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without an almsbowl.70.1.7Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.2.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṁ upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without robes.70.2.2Naggā piṇḍāya caranti.He walked naked for alms.70.2.3Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,70.2.4“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.”70.2.5Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
70.2.6“Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without robes.70.2.7Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.3.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṁ upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with neither almsbowl nor robes.70.3.2Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti.He walked naked for alms and received it in his hands.70.3.3Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,70.3.4“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.”70.3.5Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
70.3.6“Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with neither almsbowl nor robes.70.3.7Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.4.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl.70.4.2Upasampanne pattaṁ paṭiharanti.When he had been ordained, they took back the bowl.70.4.3Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti.Then, when walking for alms, he received it in his hands.70.4.4Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,70.4.5“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.”70.4.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
70.4.7“Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl.70.4.8Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.5.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with borrowed robes.70.5.2Upasampanne cīvaraṁ paṭiharanti.When he had been ordained, they took back the robes.70.5.3Naggā piṇḍāya caranti.He then walked naked for alms.70.5.4Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,70.5.5“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.”70.5.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
70.5.7“Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with borrowed robes.70.5.8Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.6.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti.On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl and borrowed robes.70.6.2PTS 1.91Upasampanne pattacīvaraṁ paṭiharanti.When he had been ordained, they took back the bowl and the robes.70.6.3Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti.He then walked naked for alms and received it in his hands.70.6.4Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—People complained and criticized him,70.6.5“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.”70.6.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
70.6.7“Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo.“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl and borrowed robes.70.6.8Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
70.6.9Naupasampādetabbekavīsativāro niṭṭhito.The section consisting of twenty-one cases when the full ordination is not to be given is finished.
71.1.057. Napabbājetabbadvattiṁsavāra57. The section consisting of thirty-two cases when the going forth is not to be given
71.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…On one occasion the monks gave the going forth to someone without a hand …71.1.2pādacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone without a foot …71.1.3hatthapādacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone without a hand and foot …71.1.4kaṇṇacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone without an ear …71.1.5nāsacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone without a nose …71.1.6kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone without an ear and nose …71.1.7aṅgulicchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone without a finger or toe …71.1.8aḷacchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…71.1.9kaṇḍaracchinnaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with a cut tendon …71.1.10phaṇahatthakaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with joined fingers …71.1.11khujjaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to a hunchback …71.1.12vāmanaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to a dwarf …71.1.13galagaṇḍiṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with goiter …71.1.14lakkhaṇāhataṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone who had been branded …71.1.15kasāhataṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone who had been whipped …71.1.16likhitakaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to a wanted criminal …71.1.17sīpadiṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with elephantiasis …71.1.18pāparogiṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with a serious sickness …71.1.19parisadūsakaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with abnormal appearance …71.1.20kāṇaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone blind in one eye …71.1.21kuṇiṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone with a crooked limb …71.1.22khañjaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone lame …71.1.23pakkhahataṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone paralyzed on one side …71.1.24chinniriyāpathaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone crippled …71.1.25jarādubbalaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone weak from old age …71.1.26andhaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone blind …71.1.27mūgaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to a mute …71.1.28badhiraṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone deaf …71.1.29andhamūgaṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone blind and mute …71.1.30andhabadhiraṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone blind and deaf …71.1.31mūgabadhiraṁ pabbājenti …pe…to someone mute and deaf …71.1.32andhamūgabadhiraṁ pabbājenti.to someone blind, mute, and deaf.71.1.33Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…They told the Buddha. …
71.2.1“na, bhikkhave, hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…“You shouldn’t give the going forth to someone without a hand,71.2.2na, bhikkhave, pādacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone without a foot,71.2.3na, bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone without a hand and foot,71.2.4na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone without an ear,71.2.5na, bhikkhave, nāsacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone without a nose,71.2.6na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇanāsacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone without an ear and nose,71.2.7na, bhikkhave, aṅgulicchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone without a finger or toe,5971.2.8na, bhikkhave, aḷacchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…71.2.9na, bhikkhave, kaṇḍaracchinno pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with a cut tendon,71.2.10na, bhikkhave, phaṇahatthako pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with joined fingers,6071.2.11na, bhikkhave, khujjo pabbājetabbo …pe…to a hunchback,71.2.12na, bhikkhave, vāmano pabbājetabbo …pe…to a dwarf,71.2.13na, bhikkhave, galagaṇḍī pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with goiter,71.2.14na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone who has been branded,71.2.15na, bhikkhave, kasāhato pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone who has been whipped,71.2.16na, bhikkhave, likhitako pabbājetabbo …pe…to a wanted criminal,71.2.17na, bhikkhave, sīpadī pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with elephantiasis,71.2.18na, bhikkhave, pāparogī pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with a serious sickness,71.2.19na, bhikkhave, parisadūsako pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with abnormal appearance,6171.2.20na, bhikkhave, kāṇo pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone blind in one eye,71.2.21na, bhikkhave, kuṇī pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone with a crooked limb,71.2.22na, bhikkhave, khañjo pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone lame,71.2.23na, bhikkhave, pakkhahato pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone paralyzed on one side,6271.2.24na, bhikkhave, chinniriyāpatho pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone crippled,6371.2.25na, bhikkhave, jarādubbalo pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone weak from old age,71.2.26na, bhikkhave, andho pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone blind,71.2.27na, bhikkhave, mūgo pabbājetabbo …pe…to a mute,71.2.28na, bhikkhave, badhiro pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone deaf,71.2.29na, bhikkhave, andhamūgo pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone blind and mute,71.2.30na, bhikkhave, andhabadhiro pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone blind and deaf,71.2.31na, bhikkhave, mūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo …pe…to someone mute and deaf,71.2.32na, bhikkhave, andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo.or to someone blind, mute, and deaf.71.2.33Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
71.2.34Napabbājetabbadvattiṁsavāro niṭṭhito.The section consisting of thirty-two cases when the going forth is not to be given is finished.
71.2.35Dāyajjabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito navamo.The ninth section for recitation on inheritance is finished.
72.1.058. Alajjīnissayavatthu58. Formal support for shameless monks
72.1.1Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṁ nissayaṁ denti.At that time the monks from the group of six gave formal support to shameless monks.72.1.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
72.1.3“Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṁ nissayo dātabbo.“You shouldn’t give formal support to shameless monks.72.1.4Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
72.1.5Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṁ nissāya vasanti.At that time monks lived with formal support from shameless monks.72.1.6Tepi nacirasseva alajjino honti pāpakā.Soon they too became shameless and bad.72.1.7Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
72.1.8“Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṁ nissāya vatthabbaṁ.“You shouldn’t live with formal support from shameless monks.72.1.9Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”
72.1.10Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—The monks thought,72.1.11“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule72.1.12‘na alajjīnaṁ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṁ nissāya vatthabban’ti.that one should neither give formal support to shameless monks nor live with formal support from them.72.1.13Kathaṁ nu kho mayaṁ jāneyyāma lajjiṁ vā alajjiṁ vā”ti?But how do we know who is shameless and who is not?”72.1.14Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
72.1.15“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhapañcāhaṁ āgametuṁ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṁ jānāmī”ti.“I allow you to wait for four or five days to find out if he is keeping the same standard as the monks.”64
73.1.059. Gamikādinissayavatthu59. Formal support for those who are traveling, etc.
73.1.1PTS 1.92Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.On one occasion a certain monk was traveling through the Kosalan country.73.1.2Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—He thought,73.1.3“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule73.1.4‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti.that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support.73.1.5Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggappaṭipanno, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?But I’m traveling. So what should I do?”73.1.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
73.1.7“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānamaggappaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṁ alabhamānena anissitena vatthun”ti.“If you are traveling and unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.”
73.2.1Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti.On one occasion two monks were traveling through the country of Kosala,73.2.2Te aññataraṁ āvāsaṁ upagacchiṁsu.when they arrived at a certain monastery.73.2.3Tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti.Just then one of them got sick.73.2.4Atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—He thought,73.2.5“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule73.2.6‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti.that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support.73.2.7Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?But I’m sick. So what should I do?”73.2.8Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
73.2.9“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṁ alabhamānena anissitena vatthun”ti.“If you are sick and unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.”
73.3.1Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—Then the monk who was nursing him thought,73.3.2“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule73.3.3‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti.that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support.73.3.4Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañca bhikkhu gilāno, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?But this monk is sick. So what should I do?”73.3.5Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
73.3.6“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṁ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthun”ti.“If you have been asked to nurse someone who is sick and you are unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.”
73.4.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati.At one time there was a certain monk who was staying in the wilderness.73.4.2Tassa ca tasmiṁ senāsane phāsu hoti.He was enjoying his dwelling.73.4.3Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—He thought,73.4.4“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule73.4.5‘na anissitena vatthabban’ti.that a monk like me shouldn’t live without formal support.73.4.6Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo araññe viharāmi, mayhañca imasmiṁ senāsane phāsu hoti, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?Yet I’m enjoying my dwelling in the wilderness. So what should I do?”73.4.7Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
73.4.8“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññikena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṁ sallakkhentena nissayaṁ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṁ—“If you notice that you are enjoying your stay in the wilderness, but unable to obtain formal support, I allow you to live without.73.4.9yadā patirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tadā tassa nissāya vasissāmī”ti.When a suitable support-giver comes, you should live with formal support from him.”
74.1.060. Gottenaanussāvanānujānana60. The allowance to make proclamations using the family name
74.1.1Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti.At one time a certain person wanted the full ordination with Venerable Mahākassapa.74.1.2Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato ānandassa santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—Mahākassapa sent a message to Venerable Ānanda:74.1.3“āgacchatu ānando imaṁ anussāvessatū”ti.“Please come, Ānanda, and do the proclamation.”74.1.4Āyasmā ānando evamāha—Ānanda thought,74.1.5“nāhaṁ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṁ gahetuṁ, garu me thero”ti.“Because I respect the elder so much, I can’t say his name.”74.1.6PTS 1.93Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
74.1.7“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gottenapi anussāvetun”ti.“I allow you to do the proclamation also using the family name.”
74.2.061. Dveupasampadāpekkhādivatthu61. The two people seeking the full ordination, etc.
74.2.1Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti.At one time there were two people who wanted the full ordination with Venerable Mahākassapa.74.2.2Te vivadanti—They argued74.2.3“ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmī”ti.about who should be ordained first.74.2.4Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
74.2.5“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve ekānussāvane kātun”ti.“I allow you to give the full ordination to two people with a single proclamation.”
74.3.1Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṁ therānaṁ upasampadāpekkhā honti.At one time there were a number of people who wanted the full ordination with several senior monks.6574.3.2Te vivadanti—They argued with one another74.3.3“ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ upasampajjissāmī”ti.about who should be ordained first.74.3.4Therā evamāhaṁsu—The senior monks said,74.3.5“handa mayaṁ, āvuso, sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā”ti.“Well then, let’s ordain all of them with a single proclamation.”74.3.6Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
74.3.7“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṁ, tañca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tveva nānupajjhāyenā”ti.“I allow you to give the full ordination to two or three people with a single proclamation, but only with a single preceptor, not with many.”
75.1.062. Gabbhavīsūpasampadānujānana62. The allowance to be fully ordained when one is twenty years old since appearing in the womb
75.1.1Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno ahosi.At that time Venerable Kumārakassapa had been given the full ordination twenty years after he appeared in the womb.75.1.2Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi—He thought,75.1.3“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—“The Buddha has laid down a rule75.1.4‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti.that a person less than twenty years old shouldn’t be given the full ordination.75.1.5Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno.I was ordained twenty years after appearing in the womb.75.1.6Upasampanno nu khomhi, nanu kho upasampanno”ti?I wonder, have I been ordained or not?”75.1.7Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
75.1.8Yaṁ, bhikkhave, mātukucchismiṁ paṭhamaṁ cittaṁ uppannaṁ, paṭhamaṁ viññāṇaṁ pātubhūtaṁ, tadupādāya sāvassa jāti.“When the mind first appears in the mother’s womb, when the consciousness first manifests, that’s a person’s birth.75.1.9“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṁ upasampādetun”ti.I allow you to give the full ordination to someone who is twenty years old since appearing in the womb.”
76.1.063. Upasampadāvidhi63. The process of full ordination
76.1.1Tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi.At that time the full ordination had been given to people who had leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, and epilepsy.6676.1.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
76.1.3“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena terasa antarāyike dhamme pucchituṁ.“The one who is giving the full ordination should ask about thirteen obstacles.
76.1.4Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pucchitabbo—It should be done like this:76.1.5‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā—‘Do you have any of these diseases:76.1.6kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro?leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, or epilepsy?76.1.7Manussosi?Are you human?76.1.8Purisosi?Are you a man?76.1.9Bhujissosi?Are you free from slavery?76.1.10Aṇaṇosi?Are you free from debt?76.1.11Nasi rājabhaṭo?Are you employed by the king?76.1.12Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi?Do you have your parents’ permission?76.1.13Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi?Are you twenty years old?76.1.14Paripuṇṇaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ?Do you have a full set of bowl and robes?76.1.15Kiṁnāmosi?What’s your name?76.1.16Konāmo te upajjhāyo’”ti?What’s the name of your preceptor?’”
76.2.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti.Soon afterwards they asked those seeking the full ordination about the obstacles without first instructing them.76.2.2Upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṁ.They were embarrassed, humiliated, and unable to respond.76.2.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
76.2.4PTS 1.94“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike dhamme pucchitun”ti.“You should instruct first and then ask about the obstacles.
76.3.1Tattheva saṅghamajjhe anusāsanti.They instructed them right there in the midst of the Sangha.76.3.2Upasampadāpekkhā tatheva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṁ.Once more those seeking the full ordination were embarrassed, humiliated, and unable to respond.76.3.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
76.3.4“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekamantaṁ anusāsitvā saṅghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṁ.“You should instruct them at a distance and then ask about the obstacles in the midst of the Sangha.
76.3.5Evañca pana, bhikkhave, anusāsitabbo—And it should be done like this.76.3.6Paṭhamaṁ upajjhaṁ gāhāpetabbo.First they should be told to choose a preceptor.76.3.7Upajjhaṁ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṁ ācikkhitabbaṁ—Their bowls and robes should then be pointed out to them:76.3.8‘ayaṁ te patto, ayaṁ saṅghāṭi, ayaṁ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṁ antaravāsako.‘This is your bowl, this your outer robe, this your upper robe, and this your sarong.76.3.9Gaccha, amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhī’”ti.Now please go and stand over there.’”
76.4.1Bālā abyattā anusāsanti.Then they were instructed by monks who were ignorant and incompetent.76.4.2Duranusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṁ.And because they were badly instructed, they were once again embarrassed, humiliated, and unable to respond.76.4.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
76.4.4“Na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena anusāsitabbo.“A monk who is ignorant and incompetent shouldn’t instruct.76.4.5Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.76.4.6Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitun”ti.A monk who is competent and capable should instruct.”
76.5.1Asammatā anusāsanti.They instructed without having been appointed.76.5.2Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
76.5.3“Na, bhikkhave, asammatena anusāsitabbo.“A monk shouldn’t instruct if he hasn’t been appointed.76.5.4Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.76.5.5Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sammatena anusāsituṁ.I allow a monk to instruct if he’s been appointed to do so.
76.5.6Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo—And it should be done like this.76.5.7attanā vā attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.One is either appointed through oneself or through someone else.76.5.8Kathañca attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ?How is one appointed through oneself?76.5.9Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:
76.5.10‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.5.11Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.76.5.12Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthannāmaṁ anusāseyyan’ti.If the Sangha is ready, I will instruct so-and-so.’
76.5.13Evaṁ attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ.
76.6.1Kathañca pana parena paro sammannitabbo?And how is one appointed through someone else?76.6.2Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:
76.6.3‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.6.4Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.76.6.5Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ anusāseyyā’ti.If the Sangha is ready, so-and-so will instruct so-and-so.’
76.6.6Evaṁ parena paro sammannitabbo.
76.7.1Tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo—The appointed monk should go to the one who is seeking the full ordination and say this:
76.7.2‘suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṁ te saccakālo bhūtakālo.‘Listen, so-and-so. Now is the time for you to tell the truth.76.7.3Yaṁ jātaṁ taṁ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṁ atthīti vattabbaṁ, asantaṁ natthīti vattabbaṁ.You will be asked in the midst of the Sangha about various matters. If something is true, you should say, “Yes,” and if it’s not, you should say, “No.”76.7.4Mā kho vitthāyi, mā kho maṅku ahosi.Don’t be embarrassed or humiliated.76.7.5Evaṁ taṁ pucchissanti—This is what they’ll ask you:76.7.6santi te evarūpā ābādhā—“Do you have any of these diseases:76.7.7kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro?leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, or epilepsy?76.7.8Manussosi?Are you human?76.7.9Purisosi?Are you a man?76.7.10Bhujissosi?Are you free from slavery?76.7.11Aṇaṇosi?Are you free from debt?76.7.12Nasi rājabhaṭo?Are you employed by the king?76.7.13Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi?Do you have your parents’ permission?76.7.14Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi?Are you twenty years old?76.7.15Paripuṇṇaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ?Do you have a full set of bowl and robes?76.7.16Kiṁnāmosi?What’s your name?76.7.17Konāmo te upajjhāyo’”ti?What’s the name of your preceptor?”’”
76.8.1Ekato āgacchanti.They then returned to the Sangha together.
76.8.2“Na, bhikkhave, ekato āgantabbaṁ.The Buddha said, “They shouldn’t return together.76.8.3Anusāsakena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo—The instructor should come first and inform the Sangha:
76.8.4‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.8.5Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.76.8.6PTS 1.95Anusiṭṭho so mayā.He’s been instructed by me.76.8.7Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā’ti.If the Sangha is ready, so-and-so should come.’
76.8.8‘Āgacchāhī’ti vattabbo.And he should be told to come.76.8.9Ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṁ yācāpetabbo—He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then ask for the full ordination:
76.8.10‘saṅghaṁ, bhante, upasampadaṁ yācāmi.‘Venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination.76.8.11Ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāya.Please lift me up out of compassion.76.8.12Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācāmi.For the second time, venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination.76.8.13Ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāya.Please lift me up out of compassion.76.8.14Tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācāmi.For the third time, venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination.76.8.15Ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāyā’ti.Please lift me up out of compassion.’76.9.1Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha:
76.9.2‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.9.3Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so.76.9.4Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthannāmaṁ antarāyike dhamme puccheyyanti?If the Sangha is ready, I will ask so-and-so about the obstacles.
76.9.5Suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṁ te saccakālo bhūtakālo.Listen, so-and-so. Now is the time for you to tell the truth.76.9.6Yaṁ jātaṁ taṁ pucchāmi.I will ask you about various matters.76.9.7Santaṁ atthīti vattabbaṁ, asantaṁ natthīti vattabbaṁ.If something is true, you should say, “Yes,” and if it’s not, you should say, “No.”76.9.8Santi te evarūpā ābādhā—Do you have any of these diseases:76.9.9kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro?leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, or epilepsy?76.9.10Manussosi?Are you human?76.9.11Purisosi?Are you a man?76.9.12Bhujissosi?Are you free from slavery?76.9.13Aṇaṇosi?Are you free from debt?76.9.14Nasi rājabhaṭo?Are you employed by the king?76.9.15Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi?Do you have your parents’ permission?76.9.16Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi?Are you twenty years old?76.9.17Paripuṇṇaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ?Do you have a full set of bowl and robes?76.9.18Kiṁnāmosi?What’s your name?76.9.19Konāmo te upajjhāyo’ti?What’s the name of your preceptor?’
76.10.1Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha:
76.10.2‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.10.3Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete.6776.10.4Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena.So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.10.5Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena.If the Sangha is ready, it should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.10.6Esā ñatti.This is the motion.
76.11.1Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.11.2Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete.76.11.3Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena.So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.11.4Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.11.5Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.76.11.6yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
76.12.1Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—For the second time, I speak on this matter.76.12.2suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.12.3Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete.76.12.4Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena.So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.12.5Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.12.6Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.76.12.7yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
76.12.8Tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—For the third time, I speak on this matter.76.12.9suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.76.12.10Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṁ.So-and-so is seeking the full ordination with venerable so-and-so. He is free from obstacles and his bowl and robes are complete.76.12.11Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena.So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.12.12Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.12.13Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa;Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent.76.12.14yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.
76.12.15Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena.The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor.76.12.16Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”
76.12.17Upasampadākammaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.The procedure of full ordination is finished.
77.1.064. Cattāronissaya64. The four supports
77.1.1PTS 1.96“Tāvadeva chāyā metabbā, utuppamāṇaṁ ācikkhitabbaṁ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṅgīti ācikkhitabbā, cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā—“Straightaway the time should be noted and the date should be pointed out. These should be declared jointly to everyone. And the four supports should be pointed out to him:68
77.1.2Piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā.‘One gone forth is supported by almsfood.77.1.3Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo.You should persevere with this for life.77.1.4Atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:77.1.5saṅghabhattaṁ, uddesabhattaṁ, nimantanaṁ, salākabhattaṁ, pakkhikaṁ, uposathikaṁ, pāṭipadikaṁ.a meal for the Sangha, a meal for designated monks, an invitational meal, a meal for which lots are drawn, a half-monthly meal, a meal on the observance day, and a meal on the day after the observance day.
77.1.6Paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ nissāya pabbajjā.One gone forth is supported by rag robes.77.1.7Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo.You should persevere with this for life.77.1.8Atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:77.1.9khomaṁ, kappāsikaṁ, koseyyaṁ, kambalaṁ, sāṇaṁ, bhaṅgaṁ.linen, cotton, silk, wool, sunn hemp, and hemp.
77.1.10Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā.One gone forth is supported by the foot of a tree as a resting place.77.1.11Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo.You should persevere with this for life.77.1.12Atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:77.1.13vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṁ, guhā.a dwelling, a stilt house, and a cave.69
77.1.14Pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ nissāya pabbajjā.One gone forth is supported by medicine of fermented urine.77.1.15Tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo.You should persevere with this for life.77.1.16Atirekalābho—There are these additional allowances:77.1.17sappi, navanītaṁ, telaṁ, madhu, phāṇitan”ti.ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup.’”
77.1.18Cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā.The four supports are finished.
78.1.065. Cattāriakaraṇīya65. The four things not to be done
78.1.1Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ upasampādetvā ekakaṁ ohāya pakkamiṁsu.On one occasion, the monks gave the full ordination to someone and then departed.78.1.2So pacchā ekakova āgacchanto antarāmagge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgañchi.The newly ordained monk lagged behind, walking by himself. On the way he met his old wife.78.1.3Sā evamāha—She said,78.1.4“kiṁ dāni pabbajitosī”ti?“Have you now gone forth?”
78.1.5“Āma pabbajitomhī”ti.“Yes.”
78.1.6“Dullabho kho pabbajitānaṁ methuno dhammo;“It’s difficult for those gone forth to get sex.78.1.7ehi, methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevā”ti.Come, let’s have intercourse.”78.1.8So tassā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsi.He had intercourse with her.
78.1.9Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—78.1.10“kissa tvaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ ciraṁ akāsī”ti?When he caught up with the monks, they asked him what had taken him so long.78.2.1Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.He told them what had happened,78.2.2Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.and they told the Buddha.
78.2.3“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādetvā dutiyaṁ dātuṁ, cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṁ—“When you have given the full ordination to someone, you should give him a companion and point out the four things not to be done:
78.2.4Upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi.A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t have sexual intercourse, not even with an animal.78.2.5Yo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.If he has sexual intercourse, he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.2.6Seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṁ;Just as a man with his head cut off is unable to continue living by reconnecting it to the body,78.2.7evameva bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.so too is a monk who has had sexual intercourse not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.2.8Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live.
78.3.1Upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ na ādātabbaṁ, antamaso tiṇasalākaṁ upādāya.A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t steal, not even a straw.78.3.2Yo bhikkhu pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.If he steals a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, or more than a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.3.3Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto abhabbo haritatthāya;Just as a fallen, withered leaf is incapable of becoming green again,78.3.4evameva bhikkhu pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.so too is a monk who, intending to steal, takes an ungiven <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, or more than a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.3.5PTS 1.97Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live.
78.4.1Upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā na voropetabbo, antamaso kunthakipillikaṁ upādāya.A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t intentionally kill a living being, not even a small insect.78.4.2Yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeti, antamaso gabbhapātanaṁ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.If he intentionally kills a human being, even causing an abortion, he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.4.3Seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti;Just as an ordinary stone that has broken in half cannot be put back together again,78.4.4evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.so too is a monk who has intentionally killed a human being not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.4.5Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live.
78.5.1Upasampannena bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo, antamaso ‘suññāgāre abhiramāmī’ti.A monk who’s fully ordained shouldn’t claim a superhuman quality, not even just saying, ‘I delight in solitude.’78.5.2Yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapati jhānaṁ vā vimokkhaṁ vā samādhiṁ vā samāpattiṁ vā maggaṁ vā phalaṁ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.If, because he has bad desires and is overcome by desire, he claims to have a non-existent superhuman quality—whether absorption, release, stillness, attainment, path, or fruit—he’s not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.5.3Seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā;Just as a palm tree with its crown cut off is incapable of further growth,78.5.4evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṁ abhūtaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.so too is a monk with bad desires, overcome by desire, who claims to have non-existent superhuman quality not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.78.5.5Taṁ te yāvajīvaṁ akaraṇīyan”ti.You shouldn’t do this for as long as you live.”
78.5.6Cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni.The four things not to be done are finished.
79.1.066. Āpattiyāadassaneukkhittakavatthu66. The one ejected for not recognizing an offense
79.1.1Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami.At one time a certain monk disrobed after being ejected for not recognizing an offense.79.1.2So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yāci.He then returned and asked the monks for the full ordination.79.1.3Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.They told the Buddha.
79.1.4“Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati.“When a monk disrobes after being ejected for not recognizing an offense,79.1.5So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yācati.but then returns and asks the monks for the full ordination,79.1.6So evamassa vacanīyo—he should be asked,79.1.7‘passissasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Will you recognize that offense?’79.1.8Sacāhaṁ passissāmīti, pabbājetabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the going forth.79.1.9Sacāhaṁ na passissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.1.10Pabbājetvā vattabbo—When he’s been given the going forth, he should be asked again,79.1.11‘passissasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Will you recognize that offense?’79.1.12Sacāhaṁ passissāmīti, upasampādetabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the full ordination.79.1.13Sacāhaṁ na passissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.2.1Upasampādetvā vattabbo—When he’s been given the full ordination, he should be asked again,79.2.2‘passissasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Will you recognize that offense?’79.2.3Sacāhaṁ passissāmīti, osāretabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be readmitted.79.2.4Sacāhaṁ na passissāmīti, na osāretabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.2.5Osāretvā vattabbo—When he’s been readmitted, he should be asked again,79.2.6‘passasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Do you recognize that offense?’79.2.7Sace passati, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.If he recognizes it, it’s good.79.2.8No ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo.If he doesn’t recognize it and you’re unanimous, he should be ejected once more.79.2.9Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṁvāse.If you’re not unanimous, there’s no offense in living with him or in doing formal meetings of the community together.70
79.3.1Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati.“When a monk disrobes after being ejected for not making amends for an offense,79.3.2So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yācati.but then returns and asks the monks for the full ordination,79.3.3So evamassa vacanīyo—he should be asked,79.3.4‘paṭikarissasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Will you make amends for that offense?’79.3.5Sacāhaṁ paṭikarissāmīti, pabbājetabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the going forth.79.3.6PTS 1.98Sacāhaṁ na paṭikarissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.3.7Pabbājetvā vattabbo—When he’s been given the going forth, he should be asked again,79.3.8‘paṭikarissasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Will you make amends for that offense?’79.3.9Sacāhaṁ paṭikarissāmīti, upasampādetabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the full ordination.79.3.10Sacāhaṁ na paṭikarissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.3.11Upasampādetvā vattabbo—When he’s been given the full ordination, he should be asked again,79.3.12‘paṭikarissasi taṁ āpattin’ti?‘Will you make amends for that offense?’79.3.13Sacāhaṁ paṭikarissāmīti, osāretabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be readmitted.79.3.14Sacāhaṁ na paṭikarissāmīti, na osāretabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.3.15Osāretvā vattabbo—When he’s been readmitted, he should be told,79.3.16‘paṭikarohi taṁ āpattin’ti.‘Make amends for that offense.’79.3.17Sace paṭikaroti, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.If he does, it’s good.79.3.18No ce paṭikaroti labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo.If he doesn’t and you’re unanimous, he should be ejected once more.79.3.19Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṁvāse.If you’re not unanimous, there’s no offense in living with him or in doing formal meetings of the community together.
79.4.1Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati.“When a monk disrobes after being ejected for not giving up a bad view,79.4.2So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yācati.but then returns and asks the monks for the full ordination,79.4.3So evamassa vacanīyo—he should be asked,79.4.4‘paṭinissajjissasi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti?‘Will you give up that bad view?’79.4.5Sacāhaṁ paṭinissajjissāmīti, pabbājetabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the going forth.79.4.6Sacāhaṁ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.4.7Pabbājetvā vattabbo—When he’s been given the going forth, he should be asked again,79.4.8‘paṭinissajjissasi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti?‘Will you give up that bad view?’79.4.9Sacāhaṁ paṭinissajjissāmīti, upasampādetabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be given the full ordination.79.4.10Sacāhaṁ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.4.11Upasampādetvā vattabbo—When he’s been given the full ordination, he should be asked again,79.4.12‘paṭinissajjissasi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti?‘Will you give up that bad view?’79.4.13Sacāhaṁ paṭinissajjissāmīti, osāretabbo.If he says, ‘I will,’ he should be readmitted.79.4.14Sacāhaṁ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na osāretabbo.If he says, ‘I won’t,’ he should not.
79.4.15Osāretvā vattabbo—When he’s been readmitted, he should be told,79.4.16‘paṭinissajjehi taṁ pāpikaṁ diṭṭhin’ti.‘Give up that bad view.’79.4.17Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.If he does, it’s good.79.4.18No ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo.If he doesn’t and you’re unanimous, he should be ejected once more.79.4.19Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṁvāse”ti.If you’re not unanimous, there’s no offense in living with him or in doing formal meetings of the community together.”
79.4.20Mahākhandhako paṭhamo.The great chapter, the first, is finished.
79.4.21TassuddānaṁThis is the summary:71
79.4.22Vinayamhi mahatthesu,“In the great Monastic Law,7279.4.23pesalānaṁ sukhāvahe;Which brings happiness to those who are good,79.4.24Niggahānañca pāpicche,Restrains those who have bad desires,7379.4.25lajjīnaṁ paggahesu ca.And helps those with a sense of conscience;74
79.4.26Sāsanādhāraṇe ceva,And which is for the upkeep of Buddhism,79.4.27sabbaññujinagocare;In the sphere of the Omniscient Victor,79.4.28Anaññavisaye kheme,Not within range of anyone else;79.4.29supaññatte asaṁsaye.Which is safe, carefully laid down, without doubt—
79.4.30Khandhake vinaye ceva,That is, the Chapters and the Monastic Law,79.4.31parivāre ca mātike;The Compendium and the Key Terms—7579.4.32Yathātthakārī kusalo,In this the skillful who does what’s beneficial,79.4.33paṭipajjati yoniso.Practices wisely.
79.4.34Yo gavaṁ na vijānāti,One who doesn’t understand cattle,79.4.35na so rakkhati gogaṇaṁ;Doesn’t guard the herd;79.4.36Evaṁ sīlaṁ ajānanto,In the same way, not understanding virtue,79.4.37kiṁ so rakkheyya saṁvaraṁ.How would one guard restraint?
79.4.38PTS 1.99Pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante,When the discourses are forgotten,79.4.39abhidhamme ca tāvade;And the same for philosophy,79.4.40Vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi,But the Monastic Law isn’t lost,79.4.41puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṁ.Then Buddhism still remains.
79.4.42Tasmā saṅgāhaṇāhetuṁ,Therefore, for the purpose of making a collection,79.4.43uddānaṁ anupubbaso;I’ll expound the summary, successively,79.4.44Pavakkhāmi yathāñāyaṁ,According to the right method.79.4.45suṇātha mama bhāsato.Listen to me speak:
79.4.46Vatthu nidānaṁ āpatti,Topic, origin story, offense,79.4.47nayā peyyālameva ca;Method, and repetition.79.4.48Dukkaraṁ taṁ asesetuṁ,It’s hard to complete without remainder—7679.4.49nayato taṁ vijānathāti.You should know it from the method.”
79.4.50Bodhi rājāyatanañca,“Bodhi tree, and ape-flower tree,79.4.51ajapālo sahampati;The goatherd’s tree, Sahamapati79.4.52Brahmā āḷāro udako,The supreme being, Ālāra, Udaka,79.4.53bhikkhu ca upako isi.And monk, the sage Upaka.
79.4.54Koṇḍañño vappo bhaddiyo,Koṇḍañña, Vappa, Bhaddiya,79.4.55mahānāmo ca assaji;And Mahānāma, Assaji;79.4.56Yaso cattāro paññāsa,Yasa, four, fifty,79.4.57sabbe pesesi so disā.He sent all to the districts.
79.4.58Vatthu mārehi tiṁsā ca,Topic, with the lords of death, and thirty,79.4.59uruvelaṁ tayo jaṭī;Uruvelā, three dreadlocked ascetics;79.4.60Agyāgāraṁ mahārājā,Fire hut, great kings,79.4.61sakko brahmā ca kevalā.Sakka, and the supreme being, the whole.
79.4.62Paṁsukūlaṁ pokkharaṇī,Rag, pond,79.4.63silā ca kakudho silā;And boulder, arjun tree, boulder;79.4.64Jambu ambo ca āmalo,Rose-apple tree, and mango tree, emblic myrobalan tree,79.4.65pāripupphañca āhari.And he brought an orchid tree flower.
79.4.66Phāliyantu ujjalantu,May they split, may they be lit,79.4.67vijjhāyantu ca kassapa;And may they be extinguished, Kassapa;79.4.68Nimujjanti mukhī megho,They immersed themselves, coal pans, cloud,79.4.69gayā laṭṭhi ca māgadho.Gayā, and Cane, of Magadha.
79.4.70Upatisso kolito ca,Upatissa and Kolita,79.4.71abhiññātā ca pabbajuṁ;And the well-known went forth;79.4.72Dunnivatthā paṇāmanā,Shabbily dressed, dismissal,79.4.73kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo.The thin and haggard brahmin.
79.4.74Anācāraṁ ācarati,He misbehaved,79.4.75udaraṁ māṇavo gaṇo;Stomach, young brahmin, group;79.4.76Vassaṁ bālehi pakkanto,Seniority, by those who are ignorant, went away,79.4.77dasa vassāni nissayo.Ten years of formal support.
79.4.78Na vattanti paṇāmetuṁ,They did not conduct themselves, to dismiss,79.4.79bālā passaddhi pañca cha;The ignorant, ending, five, six;79.4.80Yo so añño ca naggo ca,He who was from another religion, and naked,79.4.81acchinnajaṭilasākiyo.Uncut, dreadlocked ascetic, and Sakyan.
79.4.82Magadhesu pañcābādhā,The five diseases in Magadha,79.4.83eko rājā ca aṅguli;And one king, finger;7779.4.84Māgadho ca anuññāsi,And (the king) of Magadha declared,79.4.85kārā likhi kasāhato.Prison, wanted, whipped.
79.4.86Lakkhaṇā iṇā dāso ca,Branded, debt, and slave,79.4.87bhaṇḍuko upāli ahi;Shaven, Upāli, deadly disease;79.4.88Saddhaṁ kulaṁ kaṇṭako ca,Family with faith, and Kaṇṭaka,79.4.89āhundarikameva ca.And the obscure.
79.4.90Vatthumhi dārako sikkhā,To live, the boy, the training,79.4.91viharanti ca kiṁ nu kho;And they were, which;79.4.92Sabbaṁ mukhaṁ upajjhāye,The whole, the mouth, the preceptors,79.4.93apalāḷana kaṇṭako.Luring away, Kaṇṭaka.
79.4.94Paṇḍako theyyapakkanto,<i lang='pi' translate='no'>Paṇḍakas</i>, theft, and left,79.4.95ahi ca mātarī pitā;And serpent, about mother, father;79.4.96Arahantabhikkhunībhedā,Perfected one, nun, and schism,79.4.97ruhirena ca byañjanaṁ.And with blood, gynandromorph.
79.4.98Anupajjhāyasaṅghena,Without preceptor, and with the Sangha,79.4.99gaṇapaṇḍakapattako;Group, <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i>, and one without almsbowl;79.4.100Acīvaraṁ tadubhayaṁ,Without robe, both of them,79.4.101yācitenapi ye tayo.Also the same three with borrowed.
79.4.102Hatthā pādā hatthapādā,Hand, foot, hand and foot,79.4.103kaṇṇā nāsā tadūbhayaṁ;Ear, nose, both of them;79.4.104Aṅguliaḷakaṇḍaraṁ,Finger, toe, and tendon,79.4.105phaṇaṁ khujjañca vāmanaṁ.Joined, and hunchback, dwarf.
79.4.106Galagaṇḍī lakkhaṇā ceva,Goiter, and branded,79.4.107kasā likhitasīpadī;Whipped, wanted, and elephantiasis;79.4.108Pāpaparisadūsī ca,Serious, and abnormal appearance,79.4.109kāṇaṁ kuṇi tatheva ca.Blind in one eye, and so crooked limb.
79.4.110PTS 1.100Khañjaṁ pakkhahatañceva,Lame, and paralyzed on one side,79.4.111sacchinnairiyāpathaṁ;Who is crippled;79.4.112Jarāndhamūgabadhiraṁ,Old age, blind, mute, and deaf,79.4.113andhamūgañca yaṁ tahiṁ.And in regard to the blind and mute.
79.4.114Andhabadhiraṁ yaṁ vuttaṁ,What is called blind and deaf,79.4.115mūgabadhirameva ca;And mute and deaf;79.4.116Andhamūgabadhirañca,And blind, mute, and deaf,79.4.117alajjīnañca nissayaṁ.And formal support for the shameless.
79.4.118Vatthabbañca tathāddhānaṁ,And should live, so traveling,79.4.119yācamānena lakkhaṇā;By one who is asked, notice;7879.4.120Āgacchatu vivadanti,Please come, they argued,79.4.121ekupajjhāyena kassapo.With one preceptor, Kassapa.
79.4.122Dissanti upasampannā,And ordained people were seen79.4.123ābādhehi ca pīḷitā;Oppressed by sicknesses;79.4.124Ananusiṭṭhā vitthenti,The uninstructed were embarrassed,79.4.125tattheva anusāsanā.Instructing just there.
79.4.126Saṅghepi ca atho bālā,And so in the Sangha, then the ignorant,79.4.127asammatā ca ekato;And not appointed, together;79.4.128Ullumpatupasampadā,Please lift up, full ordination,79.4.129nissayo ekako tayoti.Support, by himself, three.”
79.4.130Imamhi khandhake vatthūni ekasatañca dvāsattati.In this chapter there are one hundred and seventy-two topics.
79.4.131Mahākhandhako niṭṭhito.The great chapter is finished.